Module:Citation/CS1: Difference between revisions

From The Back Page Podcast Wiki
Jump to navigation Jump to search
m (1 revision imported)
No edit summary
Tag: Reverted
Line 1: Line 1:
require ('strict');
local z = {
error_categories = {}; -- for categorizing citations that contain errors
error_ids = {};
message_tail = {};
maintenance_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work
properties_cats = {}; -- for categorizing citations based on certain properties, language of source for instance
}


--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
each of these counts against the Lua upvalue limit
]]
]]
local dates, year_date_check -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation


local validation; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
 
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
local utilities; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
local z = {}; -- table of tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 
local identifiers; -- functions and tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers
local metadata; -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/COinS
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
 
 
--[[------------------< P A G E  S C O P E  V A R I A B L E S >---------------


declare variables here that have page-wide scope that are not brought in from
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------------
other modules; that are created here and used here


Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string.
This function is global because it is called from both this module and from Date validation
]]
]]
 
function is_set( var )
local added_deprecated_cat; -- Boolean flag so that the category is added only once
return not (var == nil or var == '');
local added_vanc_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
end
local added_generic_name_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one generic name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered
local added_numeric_name_errs; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one numeric name error / category and stop testing names once an error is encountered
local added_numeric_name_maint; -- Boolean flag so we only emit one numeric name maint category and stop testing names once a category has been emitted
local Frame; -- holds the module's frame table
local is_preview_mode; -- true when article is in preview mode; false when using 'Preview page with this template' (previewing the module)
local is_sandbox; -- true when using sandbox modules to render citation
 


--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------


Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table,
First set variable or nil if none
left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated.  Returns nil if none are set.
]]
local function first_set(...)
local list = {...};
for _, var in pairs(list) do
if is_set( var ) then
return var;
end
end
end


This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs.  With the pairs
--[[--------------------------< I N _ A R R A Y >--------------------------------------------------------------
version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed.  With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.


Whether needle is in haystack
]]
]]
 
local function in_array( needle, haystack )
local function first_set (list, count)
if needle == nil then
local i = 1;
return false;
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
end
if utilities.is_set( list[i] ) then
for n,v in ipairs( haystack ) do
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
if v == needle then
return n;
end
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next
end
end
return false;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S U B S T I T U T E >----------------------------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------
Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table.
 
]]
Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
local function substitute( msg, args )
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
return args and mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ):plain() or msg;
end


added_vanc_errs is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above
--[[--------------------------< E R R O R _ C O M M E N T >----------------------------------------------------


Wraps error messages with css markup according to the state of hidden.
]]
]]
 
local function error_comment( content, hidden )
local function add_vanc_error (source, position)
return substitute( hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content );
if added_vanc_errs then return end
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
utilities.set_message ('err_vancouver', {source, position});
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ E R R O R >--------------------------------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
Sets an error condition and returns the appropriate error message.  The actual placement of the error message in the output is
 
the responsibility of the calling function.
does this thing that purports to be a URI scheme seem to be a valid scheme?  The scheme is checked to see if it
]]
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
local function set_error( error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix )
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[ error_id ];
  letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
  ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").
prefix = prefix or "";
suffix = suffix or "";
if error_state == nil then
error( cfg.messages['undefined_error'] );
elseif is_set( error_state.category ) then
table.insert( z.error_categories, error_state.category );
end
local message = substitute( error_state.message, arguments );
message = message .. " ([[" .. cfg.messages['help page link'] ..
"#" .. error_state.anchor .. "|" ..
cfg.messages['help page label'] .. "]])";
z.error_ids[ error_id ] = true;
if in_array( error_id, { 'bare_url_missing_title', 'trans_missing_title' } )
and z.error_ids['citation_missing_title'] then
return '', false;
end
message = table.concat({ prefix, message, suffix });
if raw == true then
return message, error_state.hidden;
end
return error_comment( message, error_state.hidden );
end


returns true if it does, else false
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ M A I N T _ C A T >------------------------------------------------------


Adds a category to z.maintenance_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
To prevent duplication, the added_maint_cats table lists the categories by key that have been added to z.maintenance_cats.
]]
]]
 
local added_maint_cats = {} -- list of maintenance categories that have been added to z.maintenance_cats
local function is_scheme (scheme)
local function add_maint_cat (key, arguments)
return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
if not added_maint_cats [key] then
added_maint_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, substitute (cfg.maint_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------
Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
]]
local added_prop_cats = {} -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
if not added_prop_cats [key] then
added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
end
end


Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------


Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
]]
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
local added_vanc_errs; -- flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
list of TLDs: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db
local function add_vanc_error ()
if not added_vanc_errs then
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {}, true ) } );
end
end


RFC 952 (modified by RFC 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.


Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
Determines whether a URL string is valid.


domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the TLD.  tld
At present the only check is whether the string appears to be prefixed with a URI scheme.  It is not determined whether
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a URL with a scheme) will be stripped
the URI scheme is valid or whether the URL is otherwise well formed.
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained in case it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.


There are several tests:
The scheme is checked http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
internationalized domain name (ASCII characters with .xn-- ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) prefix xn-- in the TLD) see https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3490
  letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org, .cash, and .today TLDs
  ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed


returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and TLD or IPv4 address, else false
First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then test for the case where the url is
 
protocol relative (//example.com).  If the first two characters of the |url= value are //, return true.  Last
]=]
look for what appears to be a scheme according to the definition above.  If the characters preceding the colon
 
are in the allowed set, return true, else false
local function is_domain_name (domain)
]]
if not domain then
local function check_url( url_str )
return false; -- if not set, abandon
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value
end
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
if not domain:match ('^[%w]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
return false;
return false;
end
end
 
return url_str:sub(1,2) == "//" or nil ~= url_str:match ("^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:") -- protocol relative or scheme part composed of legitimate characters
if domain:match ('^%a+:') then -- hack to detect things that look like s:Page:Title where Page: is namespace at Wikisource
return false;
end
 
local patterns = { -- patterns that look like URLs
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.%a%a+$', -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
'%f[%w][%w][%w%-]+[%w]%.xn%-%-[%w]+$', -- internationalized domain name with ACE prefix
'%f[%a][qxz]%.com$', -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
'%f[%a][iq]%.net$', -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
'%f[%w][%w]%.%a%a$', -- one character hostname and ccTLD (2 chars)
'%f[%w][%w][%w]%.%a%a+$', -- two character hostname and TLD
'^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?', -- IPv4 address
}
 
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through the patterns list
if domain:match (pattern) then
return true; -- if a match then we think that this thing that purports to be a URL is a URL
end
end
 
for _, d in ipairs (cfg.single_letter_2nd_lvl_domains_t) do -- look for single letter second level domain names for these top level domains
if domain:match ('%f[%w][%w]%.' .. d) then
return true
end
end
return false; -- no matches, we don't know what this thing is
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ I T A L I C S >----------------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... ''
 
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a URL appear to be a valid URL; else false.
 
This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
wikilinks.


Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that
they will be inverted (i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references.  In addition, <i> and '' tend to interact
poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy.
]]
]]
 
local function safe_for_italics( str )
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
if not is_set(str) then
if utilities.is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
return str;
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
else
else
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when URL is protocol-relative
if str:sub(1,1) == "'" then str = "<bdi></bdi>" .. str; end
if str:sub(-1,-1) == "'" then str = str .. "<bdi></bdi>"; end
-- Remove newlines as they break italics.
return str:gsub( '\n', ' ' );
end
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
Escape sequences for content that will be used for description in "[URL content]" links.
 
Split a URL into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
 
First remove Fully Qualified Domain Name terminator (a dot following TLD) (if any) and any path(/), query(?) or fragment(#).
 
If protocol-relative URL, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
 
When not protocol-relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
or more '/' characters immediately following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
 
Any URL that does not have news: scheme must have authority indicator (//). TODO: are there other common schemes
like news: that don't use authority indicator?
 
Strip off any port and path;
 
]]
]]
 
local function safe_for_url( str )
local function split_url (url_str)
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
local scheme, authority, domain;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
url_str = url_str:gsub ('([%a%d])%.?[/%?#].*$', '%1'); -- strip FQDN terminator and path(/), query(?), fragment (#) (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
 
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol-relative URL
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
if utilities.is_set (authority) then
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
if utilities.is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
else
if not scheme:match ('^news:') then -- except for news:..., MediaWiki won't link URLs that do not have authority indicator; TODO: a better way to do this test?
return scheme; -- return scheme only making domain nil which will cause an error message
end
end
domain = domain:gsub ('(%a):%d+', '%1'); -- strip port number if present
end
end
return scheme, domain;
return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {
['['] = '&#91;',
[']'] = '&#93;',
['\n'] = ' ' } );
end
end


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
Applies styling to various parameters.  Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one
argument; protects italic styled parameters.  Additional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason
this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg().
]]
local function wrap_style (key, str)
if not is_set( str ) then
return "";
elseif in_array( key, { 'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title' } ) then
str = safe_for_italics( str );
end


checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link=, etc. for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no URLs
return substitute( cfg.presentation[key], {str} );
end


Link parameters are to hold the title of a Wikipedia article, so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------
# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki URLs and # which is used for section links


returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
Format an external link with error checking
]]
local function external_link( URL, label, source )
local error_str = "";
if not is_set( label ) then
label = URL;
if is_set( source ) then
error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
else
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
end
end
if not check_url( URL ) then
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
end
return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]", error_str });
end


When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL (the
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >----------------------------------------------
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid URL (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).


Formats a wiki style external link
]]
]]
 
local function external_link_id(options)
local function link_param_ok (value)
local url_string = options.id;
local scheme, domain;
if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters
url_string = mw.uri.encode( url_string );
return false;
end
end
 
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[%s%s%s %s]',
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid URL
options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "",
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
);
end
end


--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ T I T L E _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  The function includes the
offending parameter name to the error message.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
parameters in the citation.
]]
local page_in_deprecated_cat; -- sticky flag so that the category is added only once
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
if not page_in_deprecated_cat then
page_in_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
end


Use link_param_ok() to validate |<param>-link= value and its matching |<title>= value.
--[[--------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------


|<title>= may be wiki-linked but not when |<param>-link= has a value. This function emits an error message when
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
that condition exists
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
 
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
check <link> for inter-language interwiki-link prefix.  prefix must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
code and must begin with a colon.
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.


Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.
]]
]]
 
local function kern_quotes (str)
local function link_title_ok (link, lorig, title, torig)
local cap='';
local orig;
local cap2='';
if utilities.is_set (link) then -- don't bother if <param>-link doesn't have a value
if not link_param_ok (link) then -- check |<param>-link= markup
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes
orig = lorig; -- identify the failing link parameter
if is_set (cap) then
elseif title:find ('%[%[') then -- check |title= for wikilink markup
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
orig = torig; -- identify the failing |title= parameter
elseif link:match ('^%a+:') then -- if the link is what looks like an interwiki
local prefix = link:match ('^(%a+):'):lower(); -- get the interwiki prefix
 
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix] then -- if prefix is in the map, must have preceding colon
orig = lorig; -- flag as error
end
end
end
end


if utilities.is_set (orig) then
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$")
link = ''; -- unset
if is_set (cap) then
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', orig); -- URL or wikilink in |title= with |title-link=;
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
end
end
return str;
return link; -- link if ok, empty string else
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.


Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.
 
First we test for space characters. If any are found, return false. Then split the URL into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol-relative (//example.com) URLs, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the URL.  If both are valid, or for protocol-relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
 
Because it is different from a standard URL, and because this module used external_link() to make external links
that work for standard and news: links, we validate newsgroup names here.  The specification for a newsgroup name
is at https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5536#section-3.1.4


|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
|script-title=ja : *** ***
|script-title=ja: *** ***
|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.
Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter=
TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
TODO: match longer codes supported by mw.language:
  ISO639-2 primary language such as 'bod', 'lzh', 'nan', 'nap', 'nds', 'vec' , 'yue',
  or with ISO 15924 script suffix such as 'zh-hans', 'zh-hant',
  or with ISO3166-1 or UN M.49 region code such as 'es-409', 'nds-nl', 'pt-br', 'zh-cn', 'zh-sg', 'zh-tw',
  or with wikimedia-specific non-standard extlang such as 'map-bms', 'min-nan', 'roa-rup',
  or with wikimedia-specific non-standard dialectal variant suffix such as 'de-formal', 'nl-informal',
  or other legacy wikimedia-specific non-standard codes such as 'simple', 'sr-ec', 'sr-el'.
]]
]]
 
local function format_script_value (script_value)
local function check_url( url_str )
local lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper URL
if not is_set(lang) then -- if first non-space characters are language prefix
return false;
return script_value; -- script_value has no prefix so return it
end
local name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
if not is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
return script_value; -- script_value has unsupported prefix  so return it
end
end
local scheme, domain;
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
 
if in_array (lang, { -- is prefix one of these language codes?
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from URL;
'ab', 'am', 'ar', 'as', 'bg', 'bn', 'bs', 'dv', 'el', 'fa', 'gu', 'he', 'hi', 'hy', 'ja',
'ka', 'kk', 'kn', 'ko', 'ku', 'lo', 'mk', 'ml', 'mn', 'mr', 'my', 'ne', 'or', 'pa', 'ps',
if 'news:' == scheme then -- special case for newsgroups
'ru', 'sa', 'sd', 'sr', 'ta', 'te', 'th', 'ti', 'uk', 'ug', 'ur', 'yi', 'zh'
return domain:match('^[%a%d%+%-_]+%.[%a%d%+%-_%.]*[%a%d%+%-_]$');
}) then
add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang});
else
add_prop_cat ('script');
end
end
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert language prefix into a lang attribute
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
return substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------
Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
]]


Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
local function script_concatenate (title, script)
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a URL. The test will also find external wikilinks
if is_set (script) then
that use protocol-relative URLs. Also finds bare URLs.
script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
if is_set (script) then
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
end
end
return title;
end


The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki-links which are similar to scheme:path URLs.  The tests that
find bracketed URLs are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].


]=]
--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------
 
local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
local scheme, domain;
 
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext. wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol-relative ext. wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('%f[%[]%[(//%S+).*%]'));
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare URL with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(%a%S*:%S+)'));
elseif value:match ('//%S+') then -- if protocol-relative bare URL: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
scheme, domain = split_url (value:match ('(//%S+)')); -- what is left should be the domain
else
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a URL
end
 
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid URL
end


 
Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
 
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().
loop through a list of parameters and their values. Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.


]]
]]


local function check_for_url (parameter_list, error_list)
local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
if not is_set( str ) then
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a URL add an error message
return "";
table.insert (error_list, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k));
end
end
end
if true == lower then
local msg;
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
str = substitute( msg, {str} ); -- including template text
return str;
else
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], {str} );
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ O N E >----------------------------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------
Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider
 
Generates an error if more than one match is present.
Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions


]]
]]


local function safe_for_url( str )
local function select_one( args, possible, error_condition, index )
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then
local value = nil;
utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url', {});
local selected = '';
end
local error_list = {};
if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end
return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {
-- Handle special case of "#" replaced by empty string
['['] = '&#91;',
if index == '1' then
[']'] = '&#93;',
for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
['\n'] = ' ' } );
v = v:gsub( "#", "" );
if is_set(args[v]) then
if value ~= nil and selected ~= v then
table.insert( error_list, v );
else
value = args[v];
selected = v;
end
end
end
end
for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
if index ~= nil then
v = v:gsub( "#", index );
end
if is_set(args[v]) then
if value ~= nil and selected ~=  v then
table.insert( error_list, v );
else
value = args[v];
selected = v;
end
end
end
if #error_list > 0 then
local error_str = "";
for _, k in ipairs( error_list ) do
if error_str ~= "" then error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-separator'] end
error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', k);
end
if #error_list > 1 then
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator'];
else
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator'];
end
error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', selected);
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( error_condition, {error_str}, true ) } );
end
return value, selected;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------
Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
 
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).
Format an external link with error checking


]]
]]


local function external_link (URL, label, source, access)
local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source)
local err_msg = '';
local chapter_error = '';
local domain;
local path;
local base_url;
 
if not utilities.is_set (label) then
label = URL;
if utilities.is_set (source) then
utilities.set_message ('err_bare_url_missing_title', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});
else
error (cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"]); -- programmer error; valid parameter name does not have matching meta-parameter
end
end
if not check_url (URL) then
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)});
end
domain, path = URL:match ('^([/%.%-%+:%a%d]+)([/%?#].*)$'); -- split the URL into scheme plus domain and path
if not is_set (chapter) then
if path then -- if there is a path portion
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
path = path:gsub ('[%[%]]', {['['] = '%5b', [']'] = '%5d'}); -- replace '[' and ']' with their percent-encoded values
else
URL = table.concat ({domain, path}); -- and reassemble
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
end
end


base_url = table.concat ({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url (label), "]" }); -- assemble a wiki-markup URL
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped


if utilities.is_set (access) then -- access level (subscription, registration, limited)
if is_set (transchapter) then
base_url = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ext-link-access-signal'], {cfg.presentation[access].class, cfg.presentation[access].title, base_url}); -- add the appropriate icon
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
if is_set (chapter) then
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter;
else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
chapter = transchapter; --
chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
end
end
 
if is_set (chapterurl) then
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
end
end


return base_url;
return chapter .. chapter_error;
end
end




--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------
--[[
 
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  The function includes the
mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names
offending parameter name to the error message. Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
parameters in the citation.
 
added_deprecated_cat is a Boolean declared in page scope variables above
 
]]
]]


local function deprecated_parameter(name)
local function argument_wrapper( args )
if not added_deprecated_cat then
local origin = {};
added_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
utilities.set_message ('err_deprecated_params', {name}); -- add error message
end
end
 
 
--[=[-------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
 
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the module and a leading or trailing quote
mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
 
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wiki-markup) are not kerned.
 
Replaces Unicode quote marks in plain text or in the label portion of a [[L|D]] style wikilink with typewriter
quote marks regardless of the need for kerning.  Unicode quote marks are not replaced in simple [[D]] wikilinks.
 
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc.; not for book titles.
 
]=]
 
local function kern_quotes (str)
local cap = '';
local wl_type, label, link;
 
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
if 1 == wl_type then -- [[D]] simple wikilink with or without quote marks
return setmetatable({
if mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- leading and trailing quote marks
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str);
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str);
return origin[k];
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[[\"“”\'‘’].+%]%]') then -- leading quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], str);
elseif mw.ustring.match (str, '%[%[.+[\"“”\'‘’]%]%]') then -- trailing quote marks
str = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], str);
end
end
},
{
__index = function ( tbl, k )
if origin[k] ~= nil then
return nil;
end
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
if type( list ) == 'table' then
v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
if origin[k] == nil then
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
end
elseif list ~= nil then
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
else
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
end
-- Empty strings, not nil;
if v == nil then
v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
origin[k] = '';
end
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
return v;
end,
});
end


else -- plain text or [[L|D]]; text in label variable
--[[
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[“”]', '\"'); -- replace “” (U+201C & U+201D) with " (typewriter double quote mark)
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.
label = mw.ustring.gsub (label, '[‘’]', '\''); -- replace ‘’ (U+2018 & U+2019) with ' (typewriter single quote mark)
 
cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^([\"\'][^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], cap);
end
cap = mw.ustring.match (label, "^(.+[^\'][\"\'])$") -- match trailing double or single quote but not doubled single quotes (italic markup)
if utilities.is_set (cap) then
label = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], cap);
end
if 2 == wl_type then
str = utilities.make_wikilink (link, label); -- reassemble the wikilink
else
str = label;
end
end
return str;
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
 
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin-based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.


Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate RTL languages from the English left to right.
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
true - active, supported parameters
false - deprecated, supported parameters
nil - unsupported parameters
]]


|script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO 639-1 language code and a colon:
local function validate( name )
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
local name = tostring( name );
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];
|script-title=ja : *** ***
|script-title=ja: *** ***
-- Normal arguments
|script-title=ja :*** ***
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
-- Arguments with numbers in them
name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
return false; -- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end


The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO 639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.


Supports |script-title=, |script-chapter=, |script-<periodical>=
-- Formats a wiki style internal link
local function internal_link_id(options)
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[[%s%s%s|%s]]',
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
options.prefix, options.id, options.suffix or "",
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
);
end


]]


local function format_script_value (script_value, script_param)
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
local name;
if script_value:match('^%l%l%l?%s*:') then -- if first 3 or 4 non-space characters are script language prefix
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l%l?)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
if not utilities.is_set (lang) then
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing title part']}); -- prefix without 'title'; add error message
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
end
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang] or mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, cfg.this_wiki_code ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l+%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
if utilities.in_array (lang, cfg.script_lang_codes) then
utilities.add_prop_cat ('script', {name, lang})
else
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['unknown language code']}); -- unknown script-language; add error message
end
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
else
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['invalid language code']}); -- invalid language code; add error message
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
end
else
utilities.set_message ('err_script_parameter', {script_param, cfg.err_msg_supl['missing prefix']}); -- no language code prefix; add error message
end
script_value = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is RTL


return script_value;
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
end
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY


 
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
 
Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script
value has been wrapped in <bdi> tags.


]]
]]


local function script_concatenate (title, script, script_param)
local function nowrap_date (date)
if utilities.is_set (script) then
local cap='';
script = format_script_value (script, script_param); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; returns empty string on error
local cap2='';
if utilities.is_set (script) then
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
end
end
return title;
end


if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s*%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s*%d%d%d%d$") then
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
end
return date;
end


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N >-----------------------------------------------------


Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all isbn/issn digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in check_isbn().
configuration taking one argument. Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, issbn/issn must be checked for length and stripped of dashes,
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().
spaces and other non-isxn characters.


]]
]]


local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)
if not utilities.is_set ( str ) then
local temp = 0;
return "";
isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9'  → 0x39, 'X' → 0x58
len = len+1; -- adjust to be a loop counter
for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do -- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum
if v == string.byte( "X" ) then -- if checkdigit is X (compares the byte value of 'X' which is 0x58)
temp = temp + 10*( len - i ); -- it represents 10 decimal
else
temp = temp + tonumber( string.char(v) )*(len-i);
end
end
end
if true == lower then
return temp % 11 == 0; -- returns true if calculation result is zero
local msg;
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
return utilities.substitute ( msg, str ); -- including template text
else
return utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages[key], str );
end
end
end




--[[----------------< W I K I S O U R C E _ U R L _ M A K E >-------------------
--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N  _ 1 3 >----------------------------------------------


Makes a Wikisource URL from Wikisource interwiki-link.  Returns the URL and appropriate
ISBN-13 and ISMN validator code calculates checksum across all 13 isbn/ismn digits including the check digit.
label; nil else.
If the number is valid, the result will be 0. Before calling this function, isbn-13/ismn must be checked for length
 
and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-isxn-13 characters.
str is the value assigned to |chapter= (or aliases) or |title= or |title-link=


]]
]]


local function wikisource_url_make (str)
local function is_valid_isxn_13 (isxn_str)
local wl_type, D, L;
local temp=0;
local ws_url, ws_label;
local wikisource_prefix = table.concat ({'https://', cfg.this_wiki_code, '.wikisource.org/wiki/'});
isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, 13) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9'  → 0x39
for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do
temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber( string.char(v) ); -- multiply odd index digits by 1, even index digits by 3 and sum; includes check digit
end
return temp % 10 == 0; -- sum modulo 10 is zero when isbn-13/ismn is correct
end


wl_type, D, L = utilities.is_wikilink (str); -- wl_type is 0 (not a wikilink), 1 (simple wikilink), 2 (complex wikilink)
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S B N >------------------------------------------------------------


if 0 == wl_type then -- not a wikilink; might be from |title-link=
Determines whether an ISBN string is valid
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title
});
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
end
elseif 1 == wl_type then -- simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article]]
str = D:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or D:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title
});
ws_label = str; -- label for the URL
end
elseif 2 == wl_type then -- non-so-simple wikilink: [[Wikisource:ws article|displayed text]] ([[L|D]])
str = L:match ('^[Ww]ikisource:(.+)') or L:match ('^[Ss]:(.+)'); -- article title from interwiki link with long-form or short-form namespace
if utilities.is_set (str) then
ws_label = D; -- get ws article name from display portion of interwiki link
ws_url = table.concat ({ -- build a Wikisource URL
wikisource_prefix, -- prefix
str, -- article title without namespace from link portion of wikilink
});
end
end


if ws_url then
]]
ws_url = mw.uri.encode (ws_url, 'WIKI'); -- make a usable URL
 
ws_url = ws_url:gsub ('%%23', '#'); -- undo percent-encoding of fragment marker
local function check_isbn( isbn_str )
end
if nil ~= isbn_str:match("[^%s-0-9X]") then return false; end -- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
isbn_str = isbn_str:gsub( "-", "" ):gsub( " ", "" ); -- remove hyphens and spaces
local len = isbn_str:len();
if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then
return false;
end


return ws_url, ws_label, L or D; -- return proper URL or nil and a label or nil
if len == 10 then
if isbn_str:match( "^%d*X?$" ) == nil then return false; end
return is_valid_isxn(isbn_str, 10);
else
local temp = 0;
if isbn_str:match( "^97[89]%d*$" ) == nil then return false; end -- isbn13 begins with 978 or 979; ismn begins with 979
return is_valid_isxn_13 (isbn_str);
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S M N >------------------------------------------------------------


--[[----------------< F O R M A T _ P E R I O D I C A L >-----------------------
Determines whether an ISMN string is valid.  Similar to isbn-13, ismn is 13 digits begining 979-0-... and uses the
same check digit calculations.  See http://www.ismn-international.org/download/Web_ISMN_Users_Manual_2008-6.pdf
section 2, pages 9–12.


Format the three periodical parameters: |script-<periodical>=, |<periodical>=,
]]
and |trans-<periodical>= into a single Periodical meta-parameter.


]]
local function ismn (id)
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISMN'];
local text;
local valid_ismn = true;


local function format_periodical (script_periodical, script_periodical_source, periodical, trans_periodical)
id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the ismn


if not utilities.is_set (periodical) then
if 13 ~= id:len() or id:match( "^9790%d*$" ) == nil then -- ismn must be 13 digits and begin 9790
periodical = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
valid_ismn = false;
else
else
periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', periodical); -- style
valid_ismn=is_valid_isxn_13 (id); -- validate ismn
end
end


periodical = script_concatenate (periodical, script_periodical, script_periodical_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
-- text = internal_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, -- use this (or external version) when there is some place to link to
-- prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]" .. handler.separator .. id; -- because no place to link to yet


if utilities.is_set (trans_periodical) then
if false == valid_ismn then
trans_periodical = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', trans_periodical);
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ismn' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid
if utilities.is_set (periodical) then
end  
periodical = periodical .. ' ' .. trans_periodical;
else -- here when trans-periodical without periodical or script-periodical
return text;
periodical = trans_periodical;
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'periodical'});
end
end
 
return periodical;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S S N >----------------------------------------------------------------------


--[[------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >---------------
Validate and format an issn.  This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four
digits with a space.  When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this:


Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=,
|issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327]  -- can't have spaces in an external link
and |chapter-url= into a single chapter meta- parameter (chapter_url_source used
for error messages).
This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpoint.  It also validates the issn for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees
with the calculated value.  Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn
error message.  The issn is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the issn was given as a single group of 8 digits.


]]
]]


local function format_chapter_title (script_chapter, script_chapter_source, chapter, chapter_source, trans_chapter, trans_chapter_source, chapter_url, chapter_url_source, no_quotes, access)
local function issn(id)
local ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (chapter); -- make a wikisource URL and label from a wikisource interwiki link
local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate
if ws_url then
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISSN'];
ws_label = ws_label:gsub ('_', ' '); -- replace underscore separators with space characters
local text;
chapter = ws_label;
local valid_issn = true;
 
id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the issn
 
if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( "^%d*X?$" ) then -- validate the issn: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position
valid_issn=false; -- wrong length or improper character
else
valid_issn=is_valid_isxn(id, 8); -- validate issn
end
end


if not utilities.is_set (chapter) then
if true == valid_issn then
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
id = string.sub( id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub( id, 5 ); -- if valid, display correctly formatted version
else
else
if false == no_quotes then
id = issn_copy; -- if not valid, use the show the invalid issn with error message
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
end
end
end
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
if false == valid_issn then
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_issn' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid
end
return text
end


chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, script_chapter, script_chapter_source); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
--[[--------------------------< A M A Z O N >------------------------------------------------------------------


if utilities.is_set (chapter_url) then
Formats a link to Amazon. Do simple error checking: asin must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha
chapter = external_link (chapter_url, chapter, chapter_url_source, access); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
characters.  If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, asins must be 10-digit
elseif ws_url then
isbn. If 10-digit isbn, add a maintenance category so a bot or awb script can replace |asin= with |isbn=.
chapter = external_link (ws_url, chapter .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in chapter'); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate; space char to move icon away from chap text; TODO: better way to do this?
Error message if not 10 characters, if not isbn10, if mixed and first character is a digit.
chapter = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, chapter});
end


if utilities.is_set (trans_chapter) then
]]
trans_chapter = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', trans_chapter);
 
if utilities.is_set (chapter) then
local function amazon(id, domain)
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. trans_chapter;
local err_cat = ""
else -- here when trans_chapter without chapter or script-chapter
 
chapter = trans_chapter;
if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then
chapter_source = trans_chapter_source:match ('trans%-?(.+)'); -- when no chapter, get matching name from trans-<param>
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {chapter_source});
else
end
if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$") then -- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X)
if check_isbn( id ) then -- see if asin value is isbn10
add_maint_cat ('ASIN');
elseif not is_set (err_cat) then
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not isbn10
end
elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then
err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha
end
end
if not is_set(domain) then
domain = "com";
elseif in_array (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then -- Japan, United Kingdom
domain = "co." .. domain;
elseif in_array (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx'}) then -- Australia, Brazil, Mexico
domain = "com." .. domain;
end
end
 
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ASIN'];
return chapter;
return external_link_id({link=handler.link,
label=handler.label, prefix=handler.prefix .. domain .. "/dp/",
id=id, encode=handler.encode, separator = handler.separator}) .. err_cat;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A R X I V >--------------------------------------------------------------------


--[[----------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >-------------------
See: http://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier


This function searches a parameter's value for non-printable or invisible characters.
format and error check arXiv identifier.  There are three valid forms of the identifier:
The search stops at the first match.
the first form, valid only between date codes 9108 and 0703 is:
arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version>
where:
<archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
<class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0
<number> is a three-digit number
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented)
the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is:
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
<number> is a four-digit number
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces


This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the Wikisource.
the third form, valid from January 2015 is:
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
<date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412
<number> is a five-digit number
]]


Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers. Also detects other named stripmarkers
local function arxiv (id, class)
(gallery, math, pre, ref) and identifies them with a slightly different error message.
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ARXIV'];
See also coins_cleanup().
local year, month, version;
local err_cat = '';
local text;
if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 9108-0703 format w/ & w/o version
year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber(year);
month = tonumber(month);
if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- if invalid year or invalid month
((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then -- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok?
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 0704-1412 w/ & w/o version
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber(year);
month = tonumber(month);
if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then --or -- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)?
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 1501- format w/ & w/o version
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber(year);
month = tonumber(month);
if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
else
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- arXiv id doesn't match any format
end
 
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
 
if is_set (class) then
class = ' [[' .. '//arxiv.org/archive/' .. class .. ' ' .. class .. ']]'; -- external link within square brackets, not wikilink
else
class = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
return text .. class;
end


Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the
--[[
Unicode group, or the stripmarker that was detected along with its position (or,
lccn normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)
for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the parameter value.
1. Remove all blanks.
2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.
3. If there is a hyphen in the string:
a. Remove it.
b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):
1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)
2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.


Returns a normalized lccn for lccn() to validate.  There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.
]]
]]


local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
local function normalize_lccn (lccn)
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", ""); -- 1. strip whitespace
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
local stripmarker; -- boolean set true when a stripmarker is found


capture = string.match (v, '[%w%p ]*'); -- test for values that are simple ASCII text and bypass other tests if true
if nil ~= string.find (lccn,'/') then
if capture == v then -- if same there are no Unicode characters
lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/"); -- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it
return;
end
end


for _, invisible_char in ipairs (cfg.invisible_chars) do
local prefix
local char_name = invisible_char[1]; -- the character or group name
local suffix
local pattern = invisible_char[2]; -- the pattern used to find it
prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)"); -- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix
position, _, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern); -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
 
if nil ~= suffix then -- if there was a hyphen
if position and (cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then -- if we found a zero-width joiner character
suffix=string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix; -- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6
if mw.ustring.find (v, cfg.indic_script) then -- it's ok if one of the Indic scripts
lccn=prefix..suffix; -- reassemble the lccn
position = nil; -- unset position
end
elseif cfg.emoji_t[mw.ustring.codepoint (v, position+1)] then -- is zwj followed by a character listed in emoji{}?
position = nil; -- unset position
return lccn;
end
end
end
 
--[[
if position then
Format LCCN link and do simple error checking. LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or -- nowiki and math stripmarkers (not an error condition)
rightmost eight are always digits. http://info-uri.info/registry/OAIHandler?verb=GetRecord&metadataPrefix=reg&identifier=info:lccn/
('templatestyles' == capture and utilities.in_array (param, {'id', 'quote'})) then -- templatestyles stripmarker allowed in these parameters
 
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
length = 8 then all digits
elseif true == stripmarker and cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
length = 9 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha
position = nil; -- unset
length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha or both digits
else
length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lower case alpha or both digits
local err_msg;
length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha
if capture and not (cfg.invisible_defs.del == capture or cfg.invisible_defs.zwj == capture) then
 
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char_name;
]]
else
 
err_msg = char_name .. ' ' .. 'character';
local function lccn(lccn)
end
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['LCCN'];
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that LCCN is valid
local id = lccn; -- local copy of the lccn
 
id = normalize_lccn (id); -- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes)
local len = id:len(); -- get the length of the lccn


utilities.set_message ('err_invisible_char', {err_msg, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}); -- add error message
if 8 == len then
return; -- and done with this parameter
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
end
elseif 9 == len then -- LCCN should be adddddddd
if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- does it match our pattern?
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
end
elseif 10 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...
if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- ... see if it matches our pattern
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
end
end
end
elseif 11 == len then -- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd
if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then -- see if it matches one of our patterns
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
elseif 12 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- see if it matches our pattern
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
else
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- wrong length, set an error message
end
if not is_set (err_cat) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- lccn contains a space, set an error message
end
end
return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=lccn,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end
end


--[[
Format PMID and do simple error checking.  PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMID to see that it
contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.
]]
local function pmid(id)
local test_limit = 35400000; -- update this value as PMIDs approach
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMID'];
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that PMID is valid
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMID has anything but digits
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
else -- PMID is only digits
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
end
end
return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end


--[[-------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ E M B A R G O E D >------------------------------------------------------


Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined
Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |embargo= against today's date.  If embargo date is
in the configuration file so that multiple names can be transparently aliased to
in the future, returns the content of |embargo=; otherwise, returns and empty string because the embargo has expired or because
single internal variable.
|embargo= was not set in this cite.


]]
]]


local function argument_wrapper ( args )
local function is_embargoed (embargo)
local origin = {};
if is_set (embargo) then
local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
local good1, embargo_date, good2, todays_date;
good1, embargo_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo );
good2, todays_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U' );
return setmetatable({
if good1 and good2 then -- if embargo date and today's date are good dates
ORIGIN = function ( self, k )
if tonumber( embargo_date ) >= tonumber( todays_date ) then -- is embargo date is in the future?
local dummy = self[k]; -- force the variable to be loaded.
return embargo; -- still embargoed
return origin[k];
else
add_maint_cat ('embargo')
return ''; -- unset because embargo has expired
end
end
end
},
end
{
return ''; -- |embargo= not set return empty string
__index = function ( tbl, k )
end
if origin[k] ~= nil then
 
return nil;
--[[--------------------------< P M C >------------------------------------------------------------------------
end
 
Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
 
The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future the PMC identifier will not
if type( list ) == 'table' then
be linked to the article.  If the embargo date is today or in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then the
v, origin[k] = utilities.select_one ( args, list, 'err_redundant_parameters' );
PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.
if origin[k] == nil then
 
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
PMC embargo date testing is done in function is_embargoed () which is called earlier because when the citation
end
has |pmc=<value> but does not have a |url= then |title= is linked with the PMC link.  Function is_embargoed ()
elseif list ~= nil then
returns the embargo date if the PMC article is still embargoed, otherwise it returns an empty string.
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
 
else
PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
 
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] .. ': ' .. k);
]]
end
 
local function pmc(id, embargo)
-- Empty strings, not nil;
local test_limit = 8700000; -- update this value as PMCs approach
if v == nil then
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'];
v = '';
local err_cat = ''; -- presume that PMC is valid
origin[k] = '';
end
local text;
 
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMC has anything but digits
return v;
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
end,
else -- PMC is only digits
});
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
end
end
if is_set (embargo) then -- is PMC is still embargoed?
text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. handler.separator .. id .. err_cat; -- still embargoed so no external link
else
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, -- no embargo date or embargo has expired, ok to link to article
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end
return text;
end
end


-- Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors.


--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >-------------------------
-- DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
 
-- Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.
-- Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant
When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span:
<span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
 
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.


]]
-- This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix.  If the doi name contains spaces or endashes,
-- or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message.


local function nowrap_date (date)
-- DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash,
local cap = '';
-- and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in doi names.
local cap2 = '';


if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
local function doi(id, inactive)
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
local cat = ""
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'];
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
local text;
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
if is_set(inactive) then
date = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or ''; -- try to get the year portion from the inactive date
text = "[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. id;
if is_set(inactive_year) then
table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with DOIs inactive since " .. inactive_year );
else
table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with inactive DOIs" ); -- when inactive doesn't contain a recognizable year
end
inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. " " .. inactive .. ")"
else
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
inactive = ""
end
 
if nil == id:match("^10%.[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then -- doi must begin with '10.', must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces or endashes, and must not end with period or comma
cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_doi' );
end
return text .. inactive .. cat
end
 
-- Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.
local function openlibrary(id)
local code = id:match("^%d+([AMW])$"); -- only digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W'
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['OL'];
 
if ( code == "A" ) then
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'authors/OL',
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})
elseif ( code == "M" ) then
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'books/OL',
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})
elseif ( code == "W" ) then
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'works/OL',
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})
else
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'OL',
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}) .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ol' );
end
end
end
--[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E _ I D >----------------------------------------------------------
Validate and format a usenet message id.  Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in
'<' and/or '>' angle brackets.
]]
local function message_id (id)
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['USENETID'];
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$')then -- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>'
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_message_id' ) -- add an error message if the message id is invalid
end
return date;
return text
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >---------------------
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
 
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including
|type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults. Also handles the
special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation
(|type=none).


]]
]]


local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
if utilities.is_set (title_type) then
if is_set(title_type) then
if 'none' == cfg.keywords_xlate[title_type] then
if "none" == title_type then
title_type = ''; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
end
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
Line 890: Line 1,134:
end
end


--[[--------------------------< C L E A N _ I S B N >----------------------------------------------------------
Removes irrelevant text and dashes from ISBN number
Similar to that used for Special:BookSources
]]


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >-----------------------------
local function clean_isbn( isbn_str )
return isbn_str:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" );
end


Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
--[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >----------------------------------


Returns a string where all of lua's magic characters have been escaped.  This is important because functions like
string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings.
]]
]]
local function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument)
argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%"); -- replace % with %%
argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1"); -- replace all other lua magic pattern characters
return argument;
end


local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
--[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >--------------------------------
local f = {}; -- create a function table appropriate to type of 'duplicate character'
 
if 1 == #duplicate_char then -- for single byte ASCII characters use the string library functions
Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata.
f.gsub = string.gsub
This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markup. We presume that editors who have taken the time to
f.match = string.match
markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind.
f.sub = string.sub
else -- for multi-byte characters use the ustring library functions
f.gsub = mw.ustring.gsub
f.match = mw.ustring.match
f.sub = mw.ustring.sub
end


local str = ''; -- the output string
]]
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
 
local end_chr = '';
local function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument)
local trim;
if not is_set (argument) then return argument; end
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
if value == nil then value = ''; end
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
elseif value ~= '' then
if value:sub(1, 1) == '<' then -- special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove HTML markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
else
comp = value;
end
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
if f.sub(comp, 1, 1) == duplicate_char then -- is first character same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for the
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc.?
trim = false;
end_chr = f.sub(str, -1, -1); -- get the last character of the output string
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr .. ")" -- debug stuff?
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
str = f.sub(str, 1, -2); -- remove it
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
str = f.sub(str, 1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
elseif  f.sub(str, -5, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
trim = true; -- same question
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wiki-markup
if f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -3, -1) == duplicate_char .. '"]' then -- if last three chars of str are sepc"] quoted external link
trim = true;
elseif  f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
trim = true;
elseif f.sub(str, -4, -1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
trim = true;
end
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if f.sub(str, -2, -1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = f.sub(str, 1, -3); -- remove them both
end
end


if trim then
while true do
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains HTML markup
if argument:match ("%'%'%'%'%'") then -- bold italic (5)
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'%'", ""); -- remove all instances of it
if f.match(dup2, "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'%'") then -- italic start and end without content (4)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'", "");
value = f.gsub(value, "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows HTML markup
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'") then -- bold (3)
else
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'", "");
value = f.sub(value, 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
elseif argument:match ("%'%'") then -- italic (2)
end
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'", "");
end
else
end
break;
str = str .. value; -- add it to the output string
end
end
end
end
return str;
return argument; -- done
end
end


--[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S U F F I X >-----------------------------
Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs)
 
returns true if suffix is properly formed Jr, Sr, or ordinal in the range 1–9.
Puncutation not allowed.


Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't correupted with strings
of %27%27...
]]
]]


local function is_suffix (suffix)
local function make_coins_title (title, script)
if utilities.in_array (suffix, {'Jr', 'Sr', 'Jnr', 'Snr', '1st', '2nd', '3rd'}) or suffix:match ('^%dth$') then
if is_set (title) then
return true;
title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title); -- strip any apostrophe markup
else
title=''; -- if not set, make sure title is an empty string
end
if is_set (script) then
script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string)
script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script); -- strip any apostrophe markup
else
script=''; -- if not set, make sure script is an empty string
end
if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then
script = ' ' .. script; -- add a space before we concatenate
end
end
return false;
return title .. script; -- return the concatenation
end
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------


--[[--------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >-------------------
Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.


For Vancouver style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin
]]
(read ASCII) characters.  When a name uses characters that contain diacritical
marks, those characters are to be converted to the corresponding Latin
character. When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that
name is to be transliterated into Latin characters. The module doesn't do this
so editors may/must.


This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined
local function get_coins_pages (pages)
in the four Unicode Latin character sets
local pattern;
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end -- if no page numbers then we're done
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
while true do
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]"); -- pattern is the opening bracket, the url and following space(s): "[url "
if nil == pattern then break; end -- no more urls
pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern); -- pattern is not a literal string; escape lua's magic pattern characters
pages = pages:gsub(pattern, ""); -- remove as many instances of pattern as possible
end
pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", ""); -- remove the brackets
pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" ); -- replace endashes with hyphens
pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" ); -- and replace html entities (&ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like?
return pages;
end


|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes.
-- Gets the display text for a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B
(http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
local function remove_wiki_link( str )
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
return (str:gsub( "%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l)
return l:gsub( "^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1");
end));
end


This original test:
-- Converts a hyphen to a dash
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$")
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]+[2-6%a]*$") then
if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
was written outside of the code editor and pasted here because the code editor
return str;
gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position. The test has
end
been rewritten to use decimal character escape sequence for the individual bytes
return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
of the Unicode characters so that it is not necessary to use an external editor
end
to maintain this code.


\195\128-\195\150 – À-Ö (U+00C0–U+00D6 – C0 controls)
--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------
\195\152-\195\182 – Ø-ö (U+00D8-U+00F6 – C0 controls)
\195\184-\198\191 – ø-ƿ (U+00F8-U+01BF – C0 controls, Latin extended A & B)
\199\132-\201\143 – DŽ-ɏ (U+01C4-U+024F – Latin extended B)


]]
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
 
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, position)
if not suffix then
if first:find ('[,%s]') then -- when there is a space or comma, might be first name/initials + generational suffix
first = first:match ('(.-)[,%s]+'); -- get name/initials
suffix = first:match ('[,%s]+(.+)$'); -- get generational suffix
end
end
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
if not is_suffix (suffix) then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position);
return false; -- not a name with an appropriate suffix
end
end
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191%-%s%']*$") or
nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-z\195\128-\195\150\195\152-\195\182\195\184-\198\191\199\132-\201\143\225\184\128-\225\187\191%-%s%'%.]*$") then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['non-Latin char'], position);
return false; -- not a string of Latin characters; Vancouver requires Romanization
end;
return true;
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
 
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-style=vanc. 
 
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period.
See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
 
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc.) to be rendered
as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
This code only accepts and understands generational suffix in the Vancouver format
because Roman numerals look like, and can be mistaken for, initials.
 
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the
Unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().


]]
]]


local function reduce_to_initials (first, position)
local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
if first:find (',', 1, true) then
--[[
return first; -- commas not allowed; abandon
Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
end
 
This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as
local name, suffix = mw.ustring.match (first, "^(%u+) ([%dJS][%drndth]+)$");
long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII.  The strings
 
in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
if not name then -- if not initials and a suffix
]]
name = mw.ustring.match (first, "^(%u+)$"); -- is it just initials?
end
local str = ''; -- the output string
 
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
if name then -- if first is initials with or without suffix
local end_chr = '';
if 3 > mw.ustring.len (name) then -- if one or two initials
local trim;
if suffix then -- if there is a suffix
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
if is_suffix (suffix) then -- is it legitimate?
if value == nil then value = ''; end
return first; -- one or two initials and a valid suffix so nothing to do
else
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.suffix, position); -- one or two initials with invalid suffix so error message
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
return first; -- and return first unmolested
elseif value ~= '' then
end
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
else
else
return first; -- one or two initials without suffix; nothing to do
comp = value;
end
end
end
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
end -- if here then name has 3 or more uppercase letters so treat them as a word
if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
trim = false;
end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
trim = true; -- same question
end
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
trim = true;
elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
trim = true;
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
trim = true;
end
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both
end
end


local initials_t, names_t = {}, {}; -- tables to hold name parts and initials
if trim then
local i = 1; -- counter for number of initials
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
 
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
names_t = mw.text.split (first, '[%s%-]+'); -- split into a sequence of names and possible suffix
if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
 
while names_t[i] do -- loop through the sequence
value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
if 1 < i and names_t[i]:match ('[%dJS][%drndth]+%.?$') then -- if not the first name, and looks like a suffix (may have trailing dot)
else
names_t[i] = names_t[i]:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove terminal dot if present
value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
if is_suffix (names_t[i]) then -- if a legitimate suffix
end
table.insert (initials_t, ' ' .. names_t[i]); -- add a separator space, insert at end of initials sequence
end
break; -- and done because suffix must fall at the end of a name
end
end -- no error message if not a suffix; possibly because of Romanization
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
end
if 3 > i then
table.insert (initials_t, mw.ustring.sub (names_t[i], 1, 1)); -- insert the initial at end of initials sequence
end
end
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
end
end
return str;
return table.concat (initials_t); -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end 
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------
 
For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.
 
This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
 
|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
 
At the time of this writing, I had to write the 'if nil == mw.ustring.find ...' test ouside of the code editor and paste it here
because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
 
]]
 
local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]*$") then
add_vanc_error ();
return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver required Romanization
end;
return true;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------
Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc. 


--[[--------------------------< I N T E R W I K I _ P R E F I X E N _ G E T >----------------------------------
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.


extract interwiki prefixen from <value>.  Returns two one or two values:
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  This form is not
false – no prefixen
currently supported by this code so correctly formed names like Smith JL 2nd are converted to Smith J2. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.
nil – prefix exists but not recognized
project prefix, language prefix – when value has either of:
:<project>:<language>:<article>
:<language>:<project>:<article>
project prefix, nil – when <value> has only a known single-letter prefix
nil, language prefix – when <value> has only a known language prefix


accepts single-letter project prefixen: 'd' (wikidata), 's' (wikisource), and 'w' (wikipedia) prefixes; at this
This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
writing, the other single-letter prefixen (b (wikibook), c (commons), m (meta), n (wikinews), q (wikiquote), and
v (wikiversity)) are not supported.


]]
]]


local function interwiki_prefixen_get (value, is_link)
local function reduce_to_initials(first)
if not value:find (':%l+:') then -- if no prefix
if mw.ustring.match(first, "^%u%u$") then return first end; -- when first contains just two upper-case letters, nothing to do
return false; -- abandon; boolean here to distinguish from nil fail returns later
local initials = {}
local i = 0; -- counter for number of initials
for word in mw.ustring.gmatch(first, "[^%s%.%-]+") do -- names separated by spaces, hyphens, or periods
table.insert(initials, mw.ustring.sub(word,1,1)) -- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
if 2 <= i then break; end -- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit
end
end
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end
--[[--------------------------< L I S T  _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)


local prefix_patterns_linked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen
'^%[%[:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; project and language prefixes
'^%[%[:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; language and project prefixes
'^%[%[:([dsw]):', -- wikilinked; project prefix
'^%[%[:(%l%l+):', -- wikilinked; language prefix
}
local prefix_patterns_unlinked_t = { -- sequence of valid interwiki and inter project prefixen
'^:([dsw]):(%l%l+):', -- project and language prefixes
'^:(%l%l+):([dsw]):', -- language and project prefixes
'^:([dsw]):', -- project prefix
'^:(%l%l+):', -- language prefix
}
local cap1, cap2;
for _, pattern in ipairs ((is_link and prefix_patterns_linked_t) or prefix_patterns_unlinked_t) do
cap1, cap2 = value:match (pattern);
if cap1 then
break; -- found a match so stop looking
end
end
if cap1 and cap2 then -- when both then :project:language: or :language:project: (both forms allowed)
if 1 == #cap1 then -- length == 1 then :project:language:
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap2] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
return cap1, cap2; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language
end
else -- here when :language:project:
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
return cap2, cap1; -- return interwiki project and interwiki language
end
end
return nil; -- unknown interwiki language
elseif not (cap1 or cap2) then -- both are nil?
return nil; -- we got something that looks like a project prefix but isn't; return fail
elseif 1 == #cap1 then -- here when one capture
return cap1, nil; -- length is 1 so return project, nil language
else -- here when one capture and its length it more than 1
if cfg.inter_wiki_map[cap1] then -- is language prefix in the interwiki map?
return nil, cap1; -- return nil project, language
end
end
end
--[[--------------------------< L I S T _ P E O P L E >--------------------------
Formats a list of people (authors, contributors, editors, interviewers, translators)
names in the list will be linked when
|<name>-link= has a value
|<name>-mask- does NOT have a value; masked names are presumed to have been
rendered previously so should have been linked there
when |<name>-mask=0, the associated name is not rendered
]]
]]


local function list_people (control, people, etal)
local function list_people(control, people, etal)
local sep;
local sep;
local namesep;
local namesep;
local format = control.format;
local format = control.format
local maximum = control.maximum;
local maximum = control.maximum
local name_list = {};
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
local text = {}


if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like name styling?
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl_vanc']; -- name-list separator between names is a comma
sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name_vanc']; -- last/first separator is a space
namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space
else
else
sep = cfg.presentation['sep_nl']; -- name-list separator between names is a semicolon
sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
namesep = cfg.presentation['sep_name']; -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
end
end
if sep:sub (-1, -1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for other names
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
for i, person in ipairs (people) do
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
if utilities.is_set (person.last) then
if is_set(person.last) then
local mask = person.mask;
local mask = person.mask
local one;
local one
local sep_one = sep;
local sep_one = sep;
 
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
if utilities.is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
etal = true;
etal = true;
break;
break;
end
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
local n = tonumber(mask)
if mask then
if (n ~= nil) then
local n = tonumber (mask); -- convert to a number if it can be converted; nil else
one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
if n then
one = 0 ~= n and string.rep("&mdash;", n) or nil; -- make a string of (n > 0) mdashes, nil else, to replace name
person.link = nil; -- don't create link to name if name is replaces with mdash string or has been set nil
else
else
one = mask; -- replace name with mask text (must include name-list separator)
one = mask;
sep_one = " "; -- modify name-list separator
sep_one = " ";
end
end
else
else
one = person.last; -- get surname
one = person.last
local first = person.first -- get given name
local first = person.first
if utilities.is_set (first) then
if is_set(first) then  
if ("vanc" == format) then -- if Vancouver format
if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first, nil, i) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
first = reduce_to_initials (first, i); -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
end
end
end
end
one = one .. namesep .. first;
one = one .. namesep .. first  
end
end
if utilities.is_set (person.link) then
one = utilities.make_wikilink (person.link, one); -- link author/editor
end
 
if one then -- if <one> has a value (name, mdash replacement, or mask text replacement)
local proj, tag = interwiki_prefixen_get (one, true); -- get the interwiki prefixen if present
 
if 'w' == proj and ('Wikipedia' == mw.site.namespaces.Project['name']) then
proj = nil; -- for stuff like :w:de:<article>, :w is unnecessary TODO: maint cat?
end
if proj then
proj = ({['d'] = 'Wikidata', ['s'] = 'Wikisource', ['w'] = 'Wikipedia'})[proj]; -- :w (wikipedia) for linking from a non-wikipedia project
if proj then
one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interproj', proj); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name
tag = nil; -- unset; don't do both project and language
end
end
end
if tag == cfg.this_wiki_code then
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
tag = nil; -- stuff like :en:<article> at en.wiki is pointless TODO: maint cat?
one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]" -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
end
if tag then
local lang = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag] or cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag];
if lang then -- error messaging done in extract_names() where we know parameter names
one = one .. utilities.wrap_style ('interwiki', lang); -- add resized leading space, brackets, static text, language name
end
end
end


table.insert (name_list, one); -- add it to the list of names
if is_set(person.link) and ((nil ~= person.link:find("//")) or (nil ~= person.link:find("[%[%]]"))) then
table.insert (name_list, sep_one); -- add the proper name-list separator
one = one .. " " .. set_error( 'bad_authorlink' ) end -- url or wikilink in author link;
end
end
table.insert( text, one )
table.insert( text, sep_one )
end
end
end
end


local count = #name_list / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
if 0 < count then  
if count > 0 then  
if 1 < count and not etal then
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
if 'amp' == format then
text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
name_list[#name_list-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
end
elseif 'and' == format then
text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator
if 2 == count then
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_and; -- replace last separator with 'and' text
else
name_list[#name_list-2] = cfg.presentation.sep_nl_end; -- replace last separator with '(sep) and' text
end
end
end
name_list[#name_list] = nil; -- erase the last separator
end
end
 
local result = table.concat (name_list); -- construct list
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
if etal and utilities.is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
result = result .. sep .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've got a last-first list and etal so add et al.
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
end
end
return result, count; -- return name-list string and count of number of names (count used for editor names only)
return result, count
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------


--[[--------------------< M A K E _ C I T E R E F _ I D >-----------------------
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.
 
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise
returns an empty string.
 
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that
order.  year is Year or anchor_year.


]]
]]


local function make_citeref_id (namelist, year)
local function anchor_id( options )
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
local id = table.concat( options ); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
names[i] = v.last
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
end
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
if utilities.is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
else
else
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
end
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< C I T E _ C L A S S _A T T R I B U T E _M A K E >------------------------------
Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al.  If found,
 
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.
construct <cite> tag class attribute for this citation.


<cite_class> – config.CitationClass from calling template
This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
<mode> – value from |mode= parameter
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal


]]
]]


local function cite_class_attribute_make (cite_class, mode)
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)
local class_t = {};
table.insert (class_t, 'citation'); -- required for blue highlight
if 'citation' ~= cite_class then
table.insert (class_t, cite_class); -- identify this template for user css
table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs1'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
else
table.insert (class_t, utilities.is_set (mode) and mode or 'cs2'); -- identify the citation style for user css or javascript
end
for _, prop_key in ipairs (z.prop_keys_t) do
table.insert (class_t, prop_key); -- identify various properties for user css or javascript
end


return table.concat (class_t, ' '); -- make a big string and done
if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
end
local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[Ee][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme
 
local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al.
 
--[[---------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >--------------------------
 
Evaluates the content of name parameters (author, editor, etc.) for variations on
the theme of et al.  If found, the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and
the function returns the modified name and the flag.
 
This function never sets the flag to false but returns its previous state because
it may have been set by previous passes through this function or by the associated
|display-<names>=etal parameter
 
]]
 
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat, param)
 
if utilities.is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
local patterns = cfg.et_al_patterns; -- get patterns from configuration
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- loop through all of the patterns
if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al.
if name:match (pattern) then -- if this 'et al' pattern is found in name
name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
name = name:gsub (pattern, ''); -- remove the offending text
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-<names>=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
utilities.set_message ('err_etal', {param}); -- and set an error if not added
end
end
elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
end
end
end
end
end
 
return name, etal; --
return name, etal;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
Gets name list from the input arguments


--[[---------------------< N A M E _ I S _ N U M E R I C >----------------------
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.


Add an error message and category when <name> parameter value does not contain letters.
This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.


Add a maintenance category when <name> parameter value has numeric characters mixed with characters that are
When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
not numeric characters; could be letters and/or punctuation characters.
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the  
 
template's metadata.  When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.
This function will only emit one error and one maint message for the current template.  Does not emit both error
and maint messages/categories for the same parameter value.
 
returns nothing


]]
]]


local function name_is_numeric (name, name_alias, list_name)
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
local patterns = {
local names = {}; -- table of names
'^%D+%d', -- <name> must have digits preceded by other characters
local last; -- individual name components
'^%D*%d+%D+', -- <name> must have digits followed by other characters
local first;
}
local link;
local mask;
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
 
local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
while true do
last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );


if not added_numeric_name_errs and mw.ustring.match (name, '^[%A]+$') then -- if we have not already set an error message and <name> does not have any alpha characters
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
utilities.set_message ('err_numeric_names', name_alias); -- add an error message
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
added_numeric_name_errs = true; -- set the flag so we emit only one error message
return; -- when here no point in further testing; abandon
end


if not added_numeric_name_maint then -- if we have already set a maint message
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
for _, pattern in ipairs (patterns) do -- spin through list of patterns
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
if mw.ustring.match (name, pattern) then -- digits preceded or followed by anything but digits; %D+ includes punctuation
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
utilities.set_message ('maint_numeric_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint cat for this template
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
added_numeric_name_maint = true; -- set the flag so we emit only one maint message
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
return; -- when here no point in further testing; abandon
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
end
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
end
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
end
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end
end


-- Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings
local function extract_ids( args )
local id_list = {};
for k, v in pairs( cfg.id_handlers ) do
v = select_one( args, v.parameters, 'redundant_parameters' );
if is_set(v) then id_list[k] = v; end
end
return id_list;
end


--[[-----------------< N A M E _ H A S _ M U L T _ N A M E S >------------------
--[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >--------------------------------------------------------


Evaluates the content of last/surname (authors etc.) parameters for multiple names.
Takes a table of IDs and turns it into a table of formatted ID outputs.
Multiple names are indicated if there is more than one comma or any "unescaped"
semicolons. Escaped semicolons are ones used as part of selected HTML entities.
If the condition is met, the function adds the multiple name maintenance category.


Same test for first except that commas should not appear in given names (MOS:JR says
]]
that the generational suffix does not take a separator character).  Titles, degrees,
postnominals, affiliations, all normally comma separated don't belong in a citation.


<name> – name parameter value
local function build_id_list( id_list, options )
<list_name> – AuthorList, EditorList, etc
local new_list, handler = {};
<limit> – number of allowed commas; 1 (default) for surnames; 0 for given names


returns nothing
function fallback(k) return { __index = function(t,i) return cfg.id_handlers[k][i] end } end;
 
]]
for k, v in pairs( id_list ) do
 
-- fallback to read-only cfg
local function name_has_mult_names (name, list_name, limit)
handler = setmetatable( { ['id'] = v }, fallback(k) );
local _, commas, semicolons, nbsps;
limit = limit and limit or 1;
if utilities.is_set (name) then
_, commas = name:gsub (',', ''); -- count the number of commas
_, semicolons = name:gsub (';', ''); -- count the number of semicolons
-- nbsps probably should be its own separate count rather than merged in
-- some way with semicolons because Lua patterns do not support the
-- grouping operator that regex does, which means there is no way to add
-- more entities to escape except by adding more counts with the new
-- entities
_, nbsps = name:gsub ('&nbsp;',''); -- count nbsps
-- There is exactly 1 semicolon per &nbsp; entity, so subtract nbsps
if handler.mode == 'external' then
-- from semicolons to 'escape' them. If additional entities are added,
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, external_link_id( handler ) } );
-- they also can be subtracted.
elseif handler.mode == 'internal' then
if limit < commas or 0 < (semicolons - nbsps) then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, internal_link_id( handler ) } );
utilities.set_message ('maint_mult_names', cfg.special_case_translation [list_name]); -- add a maint message
elseif handler.mode ~= 'manual' then
error( cfg.messages['unknown_ID_mode'] );
elseif k == 'DOI' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, doi( v, options.DoiBroken ) } );
elseif k == 'ARXIV' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, arxiv( v, options.Class ) } );
elseif k == 'ASIN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, amazon( v, options.ASINTLD ) } );
elseif k == 'LCCN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, lccn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'OL' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, openlibrary( v ) } );
elseif k == 'PMC' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmc( v, options.Embargo ) } );
elseif k == 'PMID' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmid( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISMN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ismn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISSN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISBN' then
local ISBN = internal_link_id( handler );
if not check_isbn( v ) and not is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then
ISBN = ISBN .. set_error( 'bad_isbn', {}, false, " ", "" );
end
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ISBN } );
elseif k == 'USENETID' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, message_id( v ) } );
else
error( cfg.messages['unknown_manual_ID'] );
end
end
end
end
function comp( a, b ) -- used in following table.sort()
return a[1] < b[1];
end
table.sort( new_list, comp );
for k, v in ipairs( new_list ) do
new_list[k] = v[2];
end
return new_list;
end
end
 


--[[--------------------------< C O I N S >--------------------------------------------------------------------


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ G E N E R I C >----------------------------------------------------------
COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse the citation information.


Compares values assigned to various parameters according to the string provided as <item> in the function call.
]]
<item> can have on of two values:
'generic_names' – for name-holding parameters: |last=, |first=, |editor-last=, etc
'generic_titles' – for |title=


There are two types of generic tests.  The 'accept' tests look for a pattern that should not be rejected by the
local function COinS(data, class)
'reject' test.  For example,
if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then
|author=[[John Smith (author)|Smith, John]]
return '';
would be rejected by the 'author' reject test.  But piped wikilinks with 'author' disambiguation should not be
rejected so the 'accept' test prevents that from happening.  Accept tests are always performed before reject
tests.
 
Each of the 'accept' and 'reject' sequence tables hold tables for en.wiki (['en']) and local.wiki (['local'])
that each can hold a test sequence table  The sequence table holds, at index [1], a test pattern, and, at index
[2], a boolean control value.  The control value tells string.find() or mw.ustring.find() to do plain-text search (true)
or a pattern search (false).  The intent of all this complexity is to make these searches as fast as possible so
that we don't run out of processing time on very large articles.
 
Returns
true when a reject test finds the pattern or string
false when an accept test finds the pattern or string
nil else
 
]=]
 
local function is_generic (item, value, wiki)
local test_val;
local str_lower = { -- use string.lower() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.lower() or local.wiki (['local'])
['en'] = string.lower,
['local'] = mw.ustring.lower,
}
local str_find = { -- use string.find() for en.wiki (['en']) and use mw.ustring.find() or local.wiki (['local'])
['en'] = string.find,
['local'] = mw.ustring.find,
}
 
local function test (val, test_t, wiki) -- local function to do the testing; <wiki> selects lower() and find() functions
val = test_t[2] and str_lower[wiki](value) or val; -- when <test_t[2]> set to 'true', plaintext search using lowercase value
return str_find[wiki] (val, test_t[1], 1, test_t[2]); -- return nil when not found or matched
end
end
local test_types_t = {'accept', 'reject'}; -- test accept patterns first, then reject patterns
local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004";
local wikis_t = {'en', 'local'}; -- do tests for each of these keys; en.wiki first, local.wiki second
 
-- treat table strictly as an array with only set values.
for _, test_type in ipairs (test_types_t) do -- for each test type
local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {
for _, generic_value in pairs (cfg.special_case_translation[item][test_type]) do -- spin through the list of generic value fragments to accept or reject
__newindex = function(self, key, value)
for _, wiki in ipairs (wikis_t) do
if is_set(value) then
if generic_value[wiki] then
rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( remove_wiki_link( value ) ) } );
if test (value, generic_value[wiki], wiki) then -- go do the test
return ('reject' == test_type); -- param value rejected, return true; false else
end
end
end
end
end
end
});
if in_array (class, {'citation', 'conference', 'interview', 'press release'}) and is_set(data.Periodical) then
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal";
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article";
OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical;
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
elseif in_array (class, {'arxiv', 'journal', 'news'}) then
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal";
if 'arxiv' == class then
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "preprint"; -- cite arxiv
else
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article";
end
OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical;
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
else
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
if is_set (data.Chapter) then
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem";
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter;
else
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "book"
end
OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
end
end
end


OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace;
OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date;
OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series;
OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume;
OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue;
OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages;
OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition;
OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName;
for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do
local id, value = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
if k == 'ISBN' then value = clean_isbn( v ); else value = v; end
if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
else
OCinSoutput[ id ] = value;
end
end
local last, first;
for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do
last, first = v.last, v.first;
if k == 1 then -- for the first author name only
if is_set(last)  and is_set(first) then -- set these COinS values if |first= and |last= specify the first author name
OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last;
OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first;
elseif is_set(last) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- otherwise use this form for the first name
end
else -- for all other authors
if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first };
elseif is_set(last) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last;
end
end
end
OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;
OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage };
OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );
-- sort with version string always first, and combine.
table.sort( OCinSoutput );
table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver );  -- such as "Z39.88-2004"
return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&");
end


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ I S _ G E N E R I C >------------------------------------------------
calls is_generic() to determine if <name> is a 'generic name' listed in cfg.generic_names; <name_alias> is the
parameter name used in error messaging


]]
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------


local function name_is_generic (name, name_alias)
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 code. Handles the special case that is Norwegian where
if not added_generic_name_errs and is_generic ('generic_names', name) then
ISO639-1 code 'no' is mapped to language name 'Norwegian Bokmål' by Extention:CLDR.
utilities.set_message ('err_generic_name', name_alias); -- set an error message
added_generic_name_errs = true;
end
end


Returns the language name and associated ISO639-1 code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that Wikimedia
uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along
with the code.  When there is no match, we return the original language name string.


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ C H E C K S >--------------------------------------------------------
mw.language.fetchLanguageNames() will return a list of languages that aren't part of ISO639-1. Names that aren't ISO639-1 but that are included
in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example, if |language=Samaritan Aramaic, that name will be
found with the associated code 'sam', not an ISO639-1 code.  When names are found and the associated code is not two characters, this function
returns only the Wikimedia language name.


This function calls various name checking functions used to validate the content of the various name-holding parameters.
Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.


]]
]]


local function name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias)
local function get_iso639_code (lang)
local accept_name;
if 'norwegian' == lang:lower() then -- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'no' at Extension:CLDR
 
return 'Norwegian', 'no'; -- Make sure rendered version is properly capitalized
if utilities.is_set (last) then
last, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (last); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <last>
 
if not accept_name then -- <last> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
name_has_mult_names (last, list_name); -- check for multiple names in the parameter
name_is_numeric (last, last_alias, list_name); -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters
name_is_generic (last, last_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list
end
end
end
 
if utilities.is_set (first) then
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames('en', 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
first, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (first); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <first>
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
 
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
if not accept_name then -- <first> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
name_has_mult_names (first, list_name, 0); -- check for multiple names in the parameter; 0 is number of allowed commas in a given name
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
name_is_numeric (first, first_alias, list_name); -- check for names that have no letters or are a mix of digits and other characters
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
name_is_generic (first, first_alias); -- check for names found in the generic names list
if 2 ~= code:len() then -- ISO639-1 codes only
end
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
local wl_type, D = utilities.is_wikilink (first);
end
if 0 ~= wl_type then
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the ISO639-1 code
first = D;
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', first_alias);
end
end
end
end
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for ISO639-1 code
end


return last, first; -- done
--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------
end


Get language name from ISO639-1 code value provided.  If a code is valid use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.


--[[----------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >-------------------------
There is an exception.  There are three ISO639-1 codes for Norewegian language variants.  There are two official variants: Norwegian Bokmål (code 'nb') and
Norwegian Nynorsk (code 'nn').  The third, code 'no',  is defined by ISO639-1 as 'Norwegian' though in Norway this is pretty much meaningless.  However, it appears
that on enwiki, editors are for the most part unaware of the nb and nn variants (compare page counts for these variants at Category:Articles with non-English-language external links.


Gets name list from the input arguments
Because Norwegian Bokmål is the most common language variant, Media wiki has been modified to return Norwegian Bokmål for ISO639-1 code 'no'. Here we undo that and
return 'Norwegian' when editors use |language=no.  We presume that editors don't know about the variants or can't descriminate between them.


Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters
See Help talk:Citation Style_1#An ISO 639-1 language name test
(or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters. Stops searching
when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts:
found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't find |last4= and |last5= then the
search is done.


This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching
When |language= contains a valid ISO639-1 code, the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no) if
|lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
the page is a mainspace page and the ISO639-1 code is not 'en'.  Similarly, if the  parameter is |language=Norwegian, it will be categorized in the same way.
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not
required to have a matching |firstn=.


When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.'
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas.
is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned that will cause list_people()
to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps
'et al.' out of the template's metadata.  When this occurs, an error is emitted.


]]
]]


local function extract_names(args, list_name)
local function language_parameter (lang)
local names = {}; -- table of names
local code; -- the ISO639-1 two character code
local last; -- individual name components
local name; -- the language name
local first;
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
local link;
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
local mask;
 
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
 
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter


local last_alias, first_alias, link_alias; -- selected parameter aliases used in error messaging
if 2 == lang:len() then -- ISO639-1 language code are 2 characters (fetchLanguageName also supports 3 character codes)
while true do
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), "en" ); -- get ISO 639-1 language name if Language is a proper code
last, last_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
end
first, first_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
link, link_alias = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
if last then -- error check |lastn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix; done here because this is where we have the parameter name
if is_set (name) then -- if Language specified a valid ISO639-1 code
local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (last, true); -- true because we expect interwiki links in |lastn= to be wikilinked
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil
else
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', last_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki?
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
last = utilities.remove_wiki_link (last); -- remove wikilink markup; show display value only
end
end
end
if link then -- error check |linkn= alias for unknown interwiki link prefix
if is_set (code) then
local project, language = interwiki_prefixen_get (link, false); -- false because wiki links in |author-linkn= is an error
if 'no' == code then name = 'Norwegian' end; -- override wikimedia when code is 'no'
if nil == project and nil == language then -- when both are nil
if 'en' ~= code then -- English not the language
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', link_alias); -- not known, emit an error message -- TODO: err_bad_interwiki?
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source', {name, code})
link = nil; -- unset so we don't link
link_alias = nil;
end
end
else
add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
end
end
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false, last_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
table.insert (language_list, name);
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false, first_alias); -- find and remove variations on et al.
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
last, first = name_checks (last, first, list_name, last_alias, first_alias); -- multiple names, extraneous annotation, etc. checks
end
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
if 2 >= code then
name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
elseif 2 < code then
language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
end
if 'English' == name then
return ''; -- if one language and that language is English return an enpty string (no annotation)
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
end


if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
local alias = first_alias:find ('given', 1, true) and 'given' or 'first'; -- get first or given form of the alias
utilities.set_message ('err_first_missing_last', {
first_alias, -- param name of alias missing its mate
first_alias:gsub (alias, {['first'] = 'last', ['given'] = 'surname'}), -- make param name appropriate to the alias form
}); -- add this error message
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
local result;
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, last, last_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup


if first then
Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
link = link_title_ok (link, link_alias, first, first_alias); -- check for improper wiki-markup
end


names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
]]
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
 
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
local function set_cs1_style (ps)
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_name', {list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower(), i - 1}); -- add this error message
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
end
ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
end
end
return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names and the etal flag
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ T A G _ G E T >------------------------------------------------------
Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
 
attempt to decode |language=<lang_param> and return language name and matching tag; nil else.
 
This function looks for:
<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.lang_tag_remap{}
<lang_param> as a name in cfg.lang_name_remap{}
<lang_param> as a name in cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t
<lang_param> as a tag in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t
when those fail, presume that <lang_param> is an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki does not recognize. Strip all
script, region, variant, whatever subtags from <lang_param> to leave just a two or three character language tag
and look for the new <lang_param> in cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t{}
 
on success, returns name (in properly capitalized form) and matching tag (in lowercase); on failure returns nil


]]
]]


local function name_tag_get (lang_param)
local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
local lang_param_lc = mw.ustring.lower (lang_param); -- use lowercase as an index into the various tables
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
local name;
ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil
local tag;
 
name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[lang_param_lc]; -- assume <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get remapped language name
if name then -- when <name>, <lang_param> is a tag for a remapped language name
if cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2] ~= lang_param_lc then
utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
return name, cfg.lang_name_remap[name:lower()][2]; -- so return name and tag from lang_name_remap[name]; special case to xlate sr-ec and sr-el to sr-cyrl and sr-latn
end
return name, lang_param_lc; -- so return <name> from remap and <lang_param_lc>
end
end
 
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- still assuming that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; strip script, region, variant subtags
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
name = cfg.lang_tag_remap[tag]; -- attempt to get remapped language name with language subtag only
if name then -- when <name>, <tag> is a tag for a remapped language name
return name, tag; -- so return <name> from remap and <tag>
end
end
return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma
end


if cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc] then -- not a remapped tag, assume <lang_param_lc> is a name; attempt to get remapped language tag
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
return cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][1], cfg.lang_name_remap[lang_param_lc][2]; -- for this <lang_param_lc>, return a (possibly) new name and appropriate tag
end


name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a tag; attempt to get its matching language name
When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
rendered style.
if name then
return name, lang_param_lc; -- <lang_param_lc> is a tag so return it and <name>
end
tag = cfg.mw_languages_by_name_t[lang_param_lc]; -- assume that <lang_param_lc> is a language name; attempt to get its matching tag
if tag then
return cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag], tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is a name so return the name from the table and <tag>
end


tag = lang_param_lc:match ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*'); -- is <lang_param_lc> an IETF-like tag that MediaWiki doesn't recognize? <tag> gets the language subtag; nil else
]]


if tag then
local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
name = cfg.mw_languages_by_tag_t[tag]; -- attempt to get a language name using the shortened <tag>
local sep;
if name then
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
return name, tag; -- <lang_param_lc> is an unrecognized IETF-like tag so return <name> and language subtag
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
end
else -- not a citation template so CS1
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
end
end
return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------


--[[-------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------
Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.


Gets language name from a provided two- or three-character ISO 639 code.  If a code
]]
is recognized by MediaWiki, use the returned name; if not, then use the value that
was provided with the language parameter.


When |language= contains a recognized language (either code or name), the page is
local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no).
local sep;
For valid three-character code languages, the page is assigned to the single category
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
for '639-2' codes: Category:CS1 ISO 639-2 language sources.
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
 
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
Languages that are the same as the local wiki are not categorized.  MediaWiki does
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
not recognize three-character equivalents of two-character codes: code 'ar' is
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
recognized but code 'ara' is not.
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
end
if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
end
return sep, ps, ref
end
 
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------


This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th
Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas with
applying the pdf icon to external links.
optional space characters.


]]
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extension, else false


local function language_parameter (lang)
]=]
local tag; -- some form of IETF-like language tag; language subtag with optional region, sript, vatiant, etc subtags
local lang_subtag; -- ve populates |language= with mostly unecessary region subtags the MediaWiki does not recognize; this is the base language subtag
local name; -- the language name
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
local names_t = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=


local this_wiki_name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName (cfg.this_wiki_code, cfg.this_wiki_code); -- get this wiki's language name
local function is_pdf (url)
return url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]?') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]?');
end


names_t = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------


for _, lang in ipairs (names_t) do -- reuse lang here because we don't yet know if lang is a language name or a language tag
Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
name, tag = name_tag_get (lang); -- attempt to get name/tag pair for <lang>; <name> has proper capitalization; <tag> is lowercase
not have a matching url parameter.  If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.


if utilities.is_set (tag) then
]]
lang_subtag = tag:gsub ('^(%a%a%a?)%-.*', '%1'); -- for categorization, strip any IETF-like tags from language tag


if cfg.this_wiki_code ~= lang_subtag then -- when the language is not the same as this wiki's language
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
if 2 == lang_subtag:len() then -- and is a two-character tag
if is_set (format) then
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source', {name, tag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it; tag appended to allow for multiple language categorization
format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parenthases, resize
else -- or is a recognized language (but has a three-character tag)
if not is_set (url) then
utilities.add_prop_cat ('foreign-lang-source-2', {lang_subtag}, lang_subtag); -- categorize it differently TODO: support multiple three-character tag categories per cs1|2 template?
format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
end
elseif cfg.local_lang_cat_enable then -- when the language and this wiki's language are the same and categorization is enabled
utilities.add_prop_cat ('local-lang-source', {name, lang_subtag}); -- categorize it
end
else
name = lang; -- return whatever <lang> has so that we show something
utilities.set_message ('maint_unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
end
end
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
table.insert (language_list, name);
format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
else
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
end
return format;
name = utilities.make_sep_list (#language_list, language_list);
if (1 == #language_list) and (lang_subtag == cfg.this_wiki_code) then -- when only one language, find lang name in this wiki lang name; for |language=en-us, 'English' in 'American English'
return ''; -- if one language and that language is this wiki's return an empty string (no annotation)
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
--[[ TODO: should only return blank or name rather than full list
so we can clean up the bunched parenthetical elements Language, Type, Format
]]
end
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------


--[[-----------------------< S E T _ C S _ S T Y L E >--------------------------
Returns a number that may or may not limit the length of the author or editor name lists.


Gets the default CS style configuration for the given mode.
When the value assigned to |display-authors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
Returns default separator and either postscript as passed in or the default.
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
In CS1, the default postscript and separator are '.'.
some variant of the text 'et al.').
In CS2, the default postscript is the empty string and the default separator is ','.


]]
When the value assigned to |display-authors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.  This will cause the list_people() to display all of
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'


local function set_cs_style (postscript, mode)
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
if utilities.is_set(postscript) then
 
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs1 postscript
]]
-- we catch the opposite case for cs2 in set_style
 
if mode == 'cs1' and postscript == cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode] then
local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
if is_set (max) then
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if max >= count and 'authors' == list_name then -- AUTHORS ONLY -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', list_name);
end
else -- not a valid keyword or number
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message
max = nil; -- unset
end
end
else
elseif 'authors' == list_name then -- AUTHORS ONLY need to clear implicit et al category
postscript = cfg.presentation['ps_' .. mode];
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1
end
end
return cfg.presentation['sep_' .. mode], postscript;
return max, etal;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >-----------------------------
Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp.
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.


Sets the separator and postscript styles. Checks the |mode= first and the
check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
#invoke CitationClass second. Removes the postscript if postscript == none.
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP


]]
]]


local function set_style (mode, postscript, cite_class)
local function extra_text_in_page_check (page, nopp)
local sep;
-- local good_pattern = '^P[^%.P%l]';
if 'cs2' == mode then
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
-- local bad_pattern = '^[Pp][Pp]';
elseif 'cs1' == mode then
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
 
elseif 'citation' == cite_class then
if is_set (nopp) then -- don't bother checking if |nopp= is set
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs2');
return;
else
sep, postscript = set_cs_style (postscript, 'cs1');
end
end


if cfg.keywords_xlate[postscript:lower()] == 'none' then
if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
-- emit a maintenance message if user postscript is the default cs2 postscript
add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
-- we catch the opposite case for cs1 in set_cs_style
if 'cs2' == mode or ('cs1' ~= mode and 'citation' == cite_class) then -- {{citation |title=Title |mode=cs1 |postscript=none}} should not emit maint message
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript');
end
postscript = '';
end
end
-- if Page:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Page:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') or
return sep, postscript
-- Pages:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Pages:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') then
-- add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
-- end
end
end




--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >-----------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------


Determines if a URL has the file extension that is one of the PDF file extensions
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when applying the PDF icon to external links.
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.


returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extensions, else false
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.


]=]
This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.


local function is_pdf (url)
]]
return url:match ('%.pdf$') or url:match ('%.PDF$') or
url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]') or
url:match ('%.PDF&#035') or url:match ('%.pdf&#035');
end


local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
local v_name_table = {};
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
local last, first, link, mask;
local corporate = false;


--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >-----------------------
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
if vparam:find ('%[%[') or vparam:find ('%]%]') then -- no wikilinking vauthors names
add_vanc_error ();
end
v_name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*") -- names are separated by commas


Applies CSS style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
if the format parameter does not have a matching URL parameter. If the format parameter
if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parenthese to supress vanc formatting and error detection
is not set and the URL contains a file extension that is recognized as a PDF document
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$')
the appropriate styling.
corporate = true;
 
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
]]
    lastfirstTable = {}
 
    lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
    first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
if utilities.is_set (format) then
    last  = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parentheses, resize
    if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') or mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then
if not utilities.is_set (url) then
add_vanc_error (); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing or a space between two intiials
utilities.set_message ('err_format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param}); -- add an error message
end
else
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
end
if is_set (first) and not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
add_vanc_error ();
end
end
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if URL is a PDF file then
-- this from extract_names ()
format = utilities.wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to PDF
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
else
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
end
end
return format;
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------


--[[---------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S >------------------
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.


Returns a number that defines the number of names displayed for author and editor
Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
name lists and a Boolean flag to indicate when et al. should be appended to the name list.
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest


When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is a number greater than or equal to zero,
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
return the number and the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list. There may be a better
but may have been set to true if the name list contains some variant of the text 'et al.').
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.


When the value assigned to |display-xxxxors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
that is one greater than the number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.
This will cause the list_people() to display all of the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'


In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.


inputs:
]]
max: A['DisplayAuthors'] or A['DisplayEditors'], etc; a number or some flavor of etal
count: #a or #e
list_name: 'authors' or 'editors'
etal: author_etal or editor_etal


This function sets an error message when |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names but
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
not when <max> comes from {{cs1 config}} global settings. When using global settings, <param> is set to the
local lastfirst = false;
keyword 'cs1 config' which is used to supress the normal error.  Error is suppressed because it is to be expected
if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a first 1 without a last1
that some citations in an article will have the same or fewer names that the limit specified in {{cs1 config}}.
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 2 ) then
lastfirst=true;
end


]]
if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
 
(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
local function get_display_names (max, count, list_name, etal, param)
(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
if utilities.is_set (max) then
local err_name;
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
err_name = 'author';
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
else
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
err_name = 'editor';
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if (max >= count) and ('cs1 config' ~= param) then -- error when local |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of names; not an error when using global setting
utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message
max = nil;
end
end
else -- not a valid keyword or number
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
utilities.set_message ('err_disp_name', {param, max}); -- add error message
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
max = nil; -- unset; as if |display-xxxxors= had not been set
end
end
end
 
return max, etal;
if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
end
end




--[[----------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >---------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------


Adds error if |page=, |pages=, |quote-page=, |quote-pages= has what appears to be
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
some form of p. or pp. abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
 
in the source template) the function refurns true. If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
check page for extraneous p, p., pp, pp., pg, pg. at start of parameter value:
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when page begins PX or P# but not Px
      where x and X are letters and # is a digit
bad pattern:  '^[Pp][PpGg]' matches when page begins pp, pP, Pp, PP, pg, pG, Pg, PG


]]
]]


local function extra_text_in_page_check (val, name)
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible)
if not val:match (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.good_ppattern) then
if not is_set (value) then
for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.bad_ppatterns) do -- spin through the selected sequence table of patterns
return true; -- an empty parameter is ok
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so
elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_pages', name); -- add error message
return true;
return; -- and done
else
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
end
return false
end
end
end
end




--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ V O L _ I S S _ C H E C K >------------------------
--[[--------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------


Adds error if |volume= or |issue= has what appears to be some form of redundant 'type' indicator.  Applies to
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
both; this function looks for issue text in both |issue= and |volume= and looks for volume-like text in |voluem=
characters following the opening bracket obey the rules of a uri scheme (see check_url()).  The test will also find
and |issue=.
external wikilinks that use protocol relative urls.


For |volume=:
]]
'V.', or 'Vol.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations or 'Volume' in the first characters of the parameter
content (all case insensitive). 'V' and 'v' (without the dot) are presumed to be roman numerals so
are allowed.


For |issue=:
local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
'No.', 'I.', 'Iss.' (with or without the dot) abbreviations, or 'Issue' in the first characters of the
if value:match ("%[%[%a+:") then -- if a wikilink with namespace (interwiki)
parameter content (all case insensitive); numero styling: 'n°' with degree sign U+00B0, and № precomposed
return false;
numero sign U+2116.
elseif value:match ("%[%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:.*%]") or value:match ("%[//.*%]") then -- does the param value contain an external wikilink?
-- elseif value:match ("%[%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:%S.*%]") or value:match ("%[//.*%]") then -- does the param value contain an external wikilink?
Single character values ('v', 'i', 'n') allowed when not followed by separator character ('.', ':', '=', or
return true;
whitespace character) – param values are trimmed of whitespace by MediaWiki before delivered to the module.
else
return false;
<val> is |volume= or |issue= parameter value
end
<name> is |volume= or |issue= parameter name for error message
end
<selector> is 'v' for |volume=, 'i' for |issue=
 
 
--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------


sets error message on failure; returns nothing
loop through a list of parameters and their values.  Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.


]]
]]


local function extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (val, name, selector)
local function check_for_url (parameter_list)
if not utilities.is_set (val) then
local error_message = '';
return;
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message
if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator
end
error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter
end
end
end
if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
local handler = 'v' == selector and 'err_extra_text_volume' or 'err_extra_text_issue';
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
val = val:lower(); -- force parameter value to lower case
 
for _, pattern in ipairs (cfg.vol_iss_pg_patterns.vi_patterns_t) do -- spin through the sequence table of patterns
if val:match (pattern) then -- when a match, error so
utilities.set_message (handler, name); -- add error message
return; -- and done
end
end
end
end
end




--[=[-------------------------< G E T _ V _ N A M E _ T A B L E >----------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------


split apart a |vauthors= or |veditors= parameter.  This function allows for corporate names, wrapped in doubled
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
parentheses to also have commas; in the old version of the code, the doubled parentheses were included in the
rendered citation and in the metadata. Individual author names may be wikilinked


|vauthors=Jones AB, [[E. B. White|White EB]], ((Black, Brown, and Co.))
]]


]=]
local function citation0( config, args)
--[[
Load Input Parameters
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
]]
local A = argument_wrapper( args );


local function get_v_name_table (vparam, output_table, output_link_table)
local i
local name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*"); -- names are separated by commas
local PPrefix = A['PPrefix']
local wl_type, label, link; -- wl_type not used here; just a placeholder
local PPPrefix = A['PPPrefix']
local NoPP = A['NoPP']  
local i = 1;
if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
PPPrefix = ''; -- unset these, prefix if used is in |page= or |pages=
while name_table[i] do
PPrefix = '';
if name_table[i]:match ('^%(%(.*[^%)][^%)]$') then -- first segment of corporate with one or more commas; this segment has the opening doubled parentheses
else
local name = name_table[i];
NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer to next segment
end
while name_table[i] do
name = name .. ', ' .. name_table[i]; -- concatenate with previous segments
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
if name_table[i]:match ('^.*%)%)$') then -- if this table member has the closing doubled parentheses
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
break; -- and done reassembling so
local author_etal;
end
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
i = i + 1; -- bump indexer
local Authors;
end
local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];
table.insert (output_table, name); -- and add corporate name to the output table
 
table.insert (output_link_table, ''); -- no wikilink
do -- to limit scope of selected
else
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
wl_type, label, link = utilities.is_wikilink (name_table[i]); -- wl_type is: 0, no wl (text in label variable); 1, [[D]]; 2, [[L|D]]
if 1 == selected then
table.insert (output_table, label); -- add this name
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
if 1 == wl_type then
elseif 2 == selected then
table.insert (output_link_table, label); -- simple wikilink [[D]]
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
else
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
table.insert (output_link_table, link); -- no wikilink or [[L|D]]; add this link if there is one, else empty string
elseif 3 == selected then
end
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
end
end
i = i + 1;
end
end
return output_table;
end


local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
local Others = A['Others'];


--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
local editor_etal;
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
local Editors;


This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
do -- to limit scope of selected
|xxxxor-linkn= in args. It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
if 1 == selected then
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors=
end
end


Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
local Translators; -- assembled trnaslators name list
tests, are wrapped in doubled parentheses ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
end


Supports generational suffixes Jr, 2nd, 3rd, 4th–6th.
local Year = A['Year'];
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
local Date = A['Date'];
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
local Title = A['Title'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
local Conference = A['Conference'];


This function sets the Vancouver error when a required comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
if TransTitle == Title then --translated title is identical to title (i.e. not translated)
TransTitle = "" --so hide it
end


]]
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
local Degree = A['Degree'];
local Docket = A['Docket'];
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL'];
local URL = A['URL']
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];


local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
local Series = A['Series'];
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
local Volume = A['Volume'];
local v_name_table = {};
local Issue = A['Issue'];
local v_link_table = {}; -- when name is wikilinked, targets go in this table
local Position = '';
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
local Page = A['Page'];
local last, first, link, mask, suffix;
local Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );
local corporate = false;
local At = A['At'];


vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
local Edition = A['Edition'];
v_name_table = get_v_name_table (vparam, v_name_table, v_link_table); -- names are separated by commas
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
local Place = A['Place'];
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
RegistrationRequired=nil;
end
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
SubscriptionRequired=nil;
end


for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
local Via = A['Via'];
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
local accept_name;
local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
v_name, accept_name = utilities.has_accept_as_written (v_name); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <v_name>
local Agency = A['Agency'];
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes'
DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
end


if accept_name then
local Language = A['Language'];
last = v_name;
local Format = A['Format'];
corporate = true; -- flag used in list_people()
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
if v_name:find('[;%.]') then -- look for commonly occurring punctuation characters;  
local ID = A['ID'];
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.punctuation, i);
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
end
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
local lastfirstTable = {}
if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s+")
IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be initials or generational suffix
 
if not mw.ustring.match (first, '^%u+$') then -- mw.ustring here so that later we will catch non-Latin characters
suffix = first; -- not initials so assume that whatever we got is a generational suffix
first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- get what should be the initials from the table
end
last = table.concat(lastfirstTable, ' ') -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials and generational suffix
if not utilities.is_set (last) then
first = ''; -- unset
last = v_name; -- last empty because something wrong with first
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.name, i);
end
if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') then
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl['missing comma'], i); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing
end
if mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then -- this test is in the wrong place TODO: move or replace with a more appropriate test
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- matches a space between two initials
end
else
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
end
if utilities.is_set (first) then
if not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
add_vanc_error (cfg.err_msg_supl.initials, i); -- too many initials; mixed case initials (which may be ok Romanization); hyphenated initials
end
is_good_vanc_name (last, first, suffix, i); -- check first and last before restoring the suffix which may have a non-Latin digit
if utilities.is_set (suffix) then
first = first .. ' ' .. suffix; -- if there was a suffix concatenate with the initials
suffix = ''; -- unset so we don't add this suffix to all subsequent names
end
else
if not corporate then
is_good_vanc_name (last, '', nil, i);
end
end
end
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier


link = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i ) or v_link_table[i];
local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
mask = utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'err_redundant_parameters', i );
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate = corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end


local Quote = A['Quote'];


--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL


Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
select one of |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string
end
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string
end


Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest;
--these are used by cite interview
|editorn= (and aliases) highest and |veditors= lowest (support for |editors= withdrawn)
local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
local City = A['City'];
local Program = A['Program'];


When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
local COinS_date; -- used in the COinS metadata


Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.  If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values
local Mode = A['Mode'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then
Mode = '';
end
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
local PostScript;
local Ref;
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text


In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors as appropriate.
--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
end
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
break; -- bail out if one is found
end
end
end


]]
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters.
if is_set(Page) then
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
Page = Page .. " " .. set_error('extra_pages'); -- add error message
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
At = '';
end
extra_text_in_page_check (Page, NoPP); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
elseif is_set(Pages) then
if is_set(At) then
Pages = Pages .. " " .. set_error('extra_pages'); -- add error messages
At = ''; -- unset
end
extra_text_in_page_check (Pages, NoPP); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
end


local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
local lastfirst = false;
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
if utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice in case we have a |first1= without a |last1=; this ...
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 1 ) or -- ... also catches the case where |first= is used with |vauthors=
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) or
utilities.select_one ( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'none', 2 ) then
lastfirst = true;
end
end
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title


if (utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
(utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) or
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped
(true == lastfirst and utilities.is_set (xxxxors)) then
local err_name;
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
err_name = 'author';
else
err_name = 'editor';
end
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', err_name .. '-name-list parameters'); -- add error message
end


if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
if utilities.is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
if utilities.is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
end


]]


--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];


This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
of allowable values (yes, y, true, live, dead, etc.). When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
or empty in the source template) the function returns the value specified by ret_val.  If the parameter value is one
if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
of the list of allowed values returns the translated value; else, emits an error message and returns the value
if not is_set(Chapter) then
specified by ret_val.
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
 
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
TODO: explain <invert>
TransChapter = TransTitle;
 
ChapterURL = URL;
]]
if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
 
Chapter= '[[' .. TitleLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]';
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible, ret_val, invert)
end
if not utilities.is_set (value) then
Title = Periodical;
return ret_val; -- an empty parameter is ok
ChapterFormat = Format;
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
TitleLink = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
end
else -- |title not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
end
end
end


if (not invert and utilities.in_array (value, possible)) then -- normal; <value> is in <possible> table
-- Special case for cite techreport.
return cfg.keywords_xlate[value]; -- return translation of parameter keyword
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
elseif invert and not utilities.in_array (value, possible) then -- invert; <value> is not in <possible> table
if is_set(Issue) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations aliase to 'issue'
return value; -- return <value> as it is
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
else
ID = Issue; -- yes, use it
utilities.set_message ('err_invalid_param_val', {name, value}); -- not an allowed value so add error message
Issue = ""; -- unset Issue so that "number" isn't duplicated in the rendered citation or COinS metadata
return ret_val;
else -- can't use ID so emit error message
ID = ID .. " " .. set_error('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;id=</code> and <code>&#124;number=</code>');
end
end
end
end
end


-- special case for cite interview
if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then
if is_set(Program) then
ID = ' ' .. Program;
end
if is_set(Callsign) then
if is_set(ID) then
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. Callsign;
else
ID = ' ' .. Callsign;
end
end
if is_set(City) then
if is_set(ID) then
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. City;
else
ID = ' ' .. City;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
if is_set(Others) then
 
if is_set(TitleType) then
This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
Others = ' ' .. TitleType .. ' with ' .. Others;
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
TitleType = '';
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink).  When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
else
single space character.
Others = ' ' .. 'Interview with ' .. Others;
 
end
]]
else
 
Others = '(Interview)';
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
end
if (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. '. ') then -- if already properly terminated
return name_list; -- just return the name list
elseif (string.sub (name_list, -1, -1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list, -3, -1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
else
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terminate the name list
end
end
end


 
-- special case for cite mailing list
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >-----------------------------------------
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
 
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue (or journal article number) parameters as a single
string; or formatted volume or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.
 
]]
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, article, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
if not utilities.is_set (volume) and not utilities.is_set (issue) and not utilities.is_set (article) then
return '';
end
end


-- same condition as in format_pages_sheets()
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
 
if is_set(BookTitle) then
local is_numeric_vol = volume and (volume:match ('^[MDCLXVI]+$') or volume:match ('^%d+$')); -- is only uppercase roman numerals or only digits?
Chapter = Title;
local is_long_vol = volume and (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)); -- is |volume= value longer than 4 characters?
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
ChapterURL = URL;
if volume and (not is_numeric_vol and is_long_vol) then -- when not all digits or Roman numerals, is |volume= longer than 4 characters?
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
utilities.add_prop_cat ('long-vol'); -- yes, add properties cat
URLorigin = '';
ChapterFormat = Format;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
Title = BookTitle;
Format = '';
-- TitleLink = '';
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
end
end


if is_journal then -- journal-style formatting
-- cite map oddities
local vol = '';
local Cartography = "";
 
local Scale = "";
if utilities.is_set (volume) then
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
if is_numeric_vol then -- |volume= value all digits or all uppercase Roman numerals?
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, volume}); -- render in bold face
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
elseif is_long_vol then -- not all digits or Roman numerals; longer than 4 characters?
Chapter = A['Map'];
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- not bold
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
else -- four or fewer characters
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
vol = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['vol-bold'], {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}); -- bold
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
end
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
end
vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (issue) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue) or '')
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
vol = vol .. (utilities.is_set (article) and utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-article-num'], article) or '')
if is_set( Cartography ) then
return vol;
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
end
end
Scale = A['Scale'];
if 'podcast' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (issue) then
if is_set( Scale ) then
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
end
if 'conference' == cite_class and utilities.is_set (article) then -- |article-number= supported only in journal and conference cites
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (article) then -- both volume and article number
return wrap_msg ('vol-art', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), article}, lower);
elseif utilities.is_set (article) then -- article number alone; when volume alone, handled below
return wrap_msg ('art', {sepc, article}, lower);
end
end
end
end


-- all other types of citation
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
if utilities.is_set (volume) and utilities.is_set (issue) then
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume), issue}, lower);
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
elseif utilities.is_set (volume) then
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, utilities.hyphen_to_dash (volume)}, lower);
local Network = A['Network'];
else
local Station = A['Station'];
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
local s, n = {}, {};
end
 
end
-- do common parameters first
 
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
 
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
 
adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
if not is_set (Date) then -- promote airdate or Began/Ended to date
The return order is:
if is_set (AirDate) then
page, pages, sheet, sheets
Date = AirDate;
 
Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.
 
]]
 
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
if utilities.is_set (sheet) then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
else
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (sheets) then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
else
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
end
end
end
end
end


local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (utilities.in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map', 'interview'}) and 'journal' == origin);
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
local Season = A['Season'];
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
 
if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
end
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
if utilities.is_set (page) then
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
if is_journal then
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
elseif not nopp then
TransChapter = TransTitle;
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
ChapterURL = URL;
else
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
 
if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
Chapter = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]'; -- ok to wikilink
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
Series = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]'; -- series links with ChapterLink (episodelink -> TitleLink -> ChapterLink) ugly
end
URL = ''; -- unset
TransTitle = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
Series = '[[' .. SeriesLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';
end
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
if not is_set (ID_list['ARXIV']) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
elseif is_set (Series) then -- series is an alias of version
ID_list['ARXIV'] = ID_list['ARXIV'] .. Series; -- concatenate version onto the end of the arxiv identifier
Series = ''; -- unset
deprecated_parameter ('version'); -- deprecated parameter but only for cite arxiv
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
if is_journal then
if first_set (AccessDate, At, Chapter, Format, Page, Pages, Periodical, PublisherName, URL, -- a crude list of parameters that are not supported by cite arxiv
return utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
ID_list['ASIN'], ID_list['BIBCODE'], ID_list['DOI'], ID_list['ISBN'], ID_list['ISSN'],
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
ID_list['JFM'], ID_list['JSTOR'], ID_list['LCCN'], ID_list['MR'], ID_list['OCLC'], ID_list['OL'],
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
ID_list['OSTI'], ID_list['PMC'], ID_list['PMID'], ID_list['RFC'], ID_list['SSRN'], ID_list['USENETID'], ID_list['ZBL']) then
elseif not nopp then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_params_not_supported', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
 
else
AccessDate= ''; -- set these to empty string; not supported in cite arXiv
return '', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
PublisherName = ''; -- (if the article has been published, use cite journal, or other)
Chapter = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
end
end
Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
end
end
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
end


-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values


--[[--------------------------< I N S O U R C E _ L O C _ G E T >----------------------------------------------
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
TitleType = Degree .. " thesis";
end
end


returns one of the in-source locators: page, pages, or at.  
if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
TitleType = " (" .. TitleType .. ")"; -- display it in parentheses
end


If any of these are interwiki links to Wikisource, returns the label portion of the interwiki-link as plain text
-- legacy: promote concatenation of |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
for use in COinS.  This COinS thing is done because here we convert an interwiki-link to an external link and
if not is_set (Date) then
add an icon span around that; get_coins_pages() doesn't know about the span.  TODO: should it? 
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
end
end


TODO: add support for sheet and sheets?; streamline;
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation


TODO: make it so that this function returns only one of the three as the single in-source (the return value assigned
--[[
to a new name)?
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
we get the date used in the metadata.


Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]
]]
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message and mismatch
local error_message = '';
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
anchor_year, COinS_date, error_message = dates({['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken,
['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year});


local function insource_loc_get (page, page_orig, pages, pages_orig, at)
if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
local ws_url, ws_label, coins_pages, L; -- for Wikisource interwiki-links; TODO: this corrupts page metadata (span remains in place after cleanup; fix there?)
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message
error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message
end
error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
add_maint_cat ('date_year');
end
end


if utilities.is_set (page) then
if is_set(error_message) then
if utilities.is_set (pages) or utilities.is_set (at) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
pages = ''; -- unset the others
at = '';
end
end
extra_text_in_page_check (page, page_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
end -- end of do


ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (page); -- make ws URL from |page= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set.  Do this after date check but before COInS.
if ws_url then
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
page = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in page'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); --  
page = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, page});
 
coins_pages = ws_label;
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (pages) then
end
if utilities.is_set (at) then
at = ''; -- unset
end
extra_text_in_page_check (pages, pages_orig); -- emit error message when |page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.


ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (pages); -- make ws URL from |pages= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
if ws_url then
-- Test if citation has no title
pages = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in pages'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
if not is_set(Title) and
pages = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, pages});
not is_set(TransTitle) and
coins_pages = ws_label;
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
end
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; is there a better way to do this?
elseif utilities.is_set (at) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } );
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (at); -- make ws URL from |at= interwiki link; link portion L becomes tooltip label
else
if ws_url then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } );
at = external_link (ws_url, ws_label .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in at'); -- space char after label to move icon away from in-source text; TODO: a better way to do this?
end
at = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, at});
coins_pages = ws_label;
end
end
end
return page, pages, at, coins_pages;
if 'none' == Title and is_set(Periodical) and not (( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia))) then -- special case
end
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
add_maint_cat ('untitled');
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ U N I Q U E _ A R C H I V E _ U R L >------------------------------------
check_for_url ({['title']=Title, ['chapter']=Chapter, ['work']=Periodical}); -- adds error message when any of these parameters contain a URL


add error message when |archive-url= value is same as |url= or chapter-url= (or alias...) value
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
coins_title = Periodical;
end
end
-- this is the function call to COinS()
local OCinSoutput = COinS({
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['Date'] = first_set(COinS_date, Date), -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; any reason to keep Date here?  Should we be including invalid dates in metadata?
['Series'] = Series,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set(Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
['URL'] = first_set( URL, ChapterURL ),
['Authors'] = a,
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
}, config.CitationClass);


]]
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, AFTER generation of COinS data.
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, now unset so it isn't displayed
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in cite arxiv; if article has been published, use cite journal
end


local function is_unique_archive_url (archive, url, c_url, source, date)
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
if utilities.is_set (archive) then
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
if archive == url or archive == c_url then
if is_set (PublisherName) then
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_url', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', source)}); -- add error message
PublisherName = '[[Usenet newsgroup|Newsgroup]]:&nbsp;' ..  external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName );
return '', ''; -- unset |archive-url= and |archive-date= because same as |url= or |chapter-url=
end
end
end
end


return archive, date;
end




--[=[-------------------------< A R C H I V E _ U R L _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
 
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
Check archive.org URLs to make sure they at least look like they are pointing at valid archives and not to the
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
save snapshot URL or to calendar pages.  When the archive URL is 'https://web.archive.org/save/' (or http://...)
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
archive.org saves a snapshot of the target page in the URL.  That is something that Wikipedia should not allow
do
unwitting readers to do.
local last_first_list;
 
local maximum;
When the archive.org URL does not have a complete timestamp, archive.org chooses a snapshot according to its own
local control = {
algorithm or provides a calendar 'search' result.  [[WP:ELNO]] discourages links to search results.
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
 
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
This function looks at the value assigned to |archive-url= and returns empty strings for |archive-url= and
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
|archive-date= and an error message when:
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
|archive-url= holds an archive.org save command URL
};
|archive-url= is an archive.org URL that does not have a complete timestamp (YYYYMMDDhhmmss 14 digits) in the
correct place
otherwise returns |archive-url= and |archive-date=


There are two mostly compatible archive.org URLs:
do -- do editor name list first because coauthors can modify control table
//web.archive.org/<timestamp>... -- the old form
maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
//web.archive.org/web/<timestamp>... -- the new form
-- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
if not is_set(maximum) and #e == 4 then
maximum = 3;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
end


The old form does not support or map to the new form when it contains a display flag. There are four identified flags
control.maximum = maximum;
('id_', 'js_', 'cs_', 'im_') but since archive.org ignores others following the same form (two letters and an underscore)
we don't check for these specific flags but we do check the form.
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);


This function supports a preview mode. When the article is rendered in preview mode, this function may return a modified
if is_set (Editors) then
archive URL:
if editor_etal then
for save command errors, return undated wildcard (/*/)
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
for timestamp errors when the timestamp has a wildcard, return the URL unmodified
EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
for timestamp errors when the timestamp does not have a wildcard, return with timestamp limited to six digits plus wildcard (/yyyymm*/)
else
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
else
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end


A secondary function is to return an archive-url timestamp from those urls that have them (archive.org and
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
archive.today).  The timestamp is used by validation.archive_date_check() to see if the value in |archive-date=
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
matches the timestamp in the archive url.
end
end
do -- now do translators
control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators
Translators = list_people(control, t, false); -- et al not currently supported
end
do -- now do authors
control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);


]=]
if is_set(Coauthors) then -- if the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
control.lastauthoramp = nil;
control.maximum = #a + 1;
end
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);


local function archive_url_check (url, date)
if is_set (Authors) then
local err_msg = ''; -- start with the error message empty
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
local path, timestamp, flag; -- portions of the archive.org URL
if author_etal then
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
timestamp = url:match ('//archive.today/(%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d)/') or -- get timestamp from archive.today urls
url:match ('//archive.today/(%d%d%d%d%.%d%d%.%d%d%-%d%d%d%d%d%d)/'); -- this timestamp needs cleanup
if timestamp then -- if this was an archive.today url ...
return url, date, timestamp:gsub ('[%.%-]', ''); -- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp (dots and dashes removed) from |archive-url=, and done
end
-- here for archive.org urls
if (not url:match('//web%.archive%.org/')) and (not url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/')) then -- also deprecated liveweb Wayback machine URL
return url, date; -- not an archive.org archive, return ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
 
if url:match('//web%.archive%.org/save/') then -- if a save command URL, we don't want to allow saving of the target page
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.save;
url = url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org)/save/', '%1/*/', 1); -- for preview mode: modify ArchiveURL
elseif url:match('//liveweb%.archive%.org/') then
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.liveweb;
else
path, timestamp, flag = url:match('//web%.archive%.org/([^%d]*)(%d+)([^/]*)/'); -- split out some of the URL parts for evaluation
if not path then -- malformed in some way; pattern did not match
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
elseif 14 ~= timestamp:len() then -- path and flag optional, must have 14-digit timestamp here
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.timestamp;
if '*' ~= flag then
local replacement = timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d%d%d') or timestamp:match ('^%d%d%d%d'); -- get the first 6 (YYYYMM) or first 4 digits (YYYY)
if replacement then -- nil if there aren't at least 4 digits (year)
replacement = replacement .. string.rep ('0', 14 - replacement:len()); -- year or yearmo (4 or 6 digits) zero-fill to make 14-digit timestamp
url=url:gsub ('(//web%.archive%.org/[^%d]*)%d[^/]*', '%1' .. replacement .. '*', 1) -- for preview, modify ts to 14 digits plus splat for calendar display
end
end
else
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (path) and 'web/' ~= path then -- older archive URLs do not have the extra 'web/' path element
 
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.path;
end -- end of do
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not utilities.is_set (path) then -- flag not allowed with the old form URL (without the 'web/' path element)
 
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
elseif utilities.is_set (flag) and not flag:match ('%a%a_') then -- flag if present must be two alpha characters and underscore (requires 'web/' path element)
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message
err_msg = cfg.err_msg_supl.flag;
else
return url, date, timestamp; -- return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url=
end
end
end
end
-- if here, something not right so
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_url', {err_msg}); -- add error message and


if is_preview_mode then
return url, date, timestamp; -- preview mode so return ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, and timestamp from |archive-url=
else
return '', ''; -- return empty strings for ArchiveURL and ArchiveDate
end
end




--[[--------------------------< P L A C E _ C H E C K >--------------------------------------------------------
--[[
do -- do-block to limit scope of last_first_list
local last_first_list;
local maximum = A['DisplayAuthors'];
 
maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (maximum, #a, 'authors', author_etal);


check |place=, |publication-place=, |location= to see if these params include digits. This function added because
local control = {
many editors misuse location to specify the in-source location (|page(s)= and |at= are supposed to do that)
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
maximum = maximum,
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via authorlinkn
};
if is_set(Coauthors) then -- if the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
control.lastauthoramp = nil;
control.maximum = #a + 1;
end
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);


returns the original parameter value without modification; added maint cat when parameter value contains digits
if is_set (Authors) then
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
if author_etal then
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
end
else
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end


]]
end -- end of do


local function place_check (param_val)
if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
if not utilities.is_set (param_val) then -- parameter empty or omitted
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message
return param_val; -- return that empty state
end
end
if mw.ustring.find (param_val, '%d') then -- not empty, are there digits in the parameter value
utilities.set_message ('maint_location'); -- yep, add maint cat
end
return param_val; -- and done
end


local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
do
local last_first_list;
local maximum = A['DisplayEditors'];


--[[--------------------------< I S _ A R C H I V E D _ C O P Y >----------------------------------------------
maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (maximum, #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
-- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
if not is_set(maximum) and #e == 4 then
maximum = 3;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
end


compares |title= to 'Archived copy' (placeholder added by bots that can't find proper title); if matches, return true; nil else
local control = {
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
maximum = maximum,
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
};


]]
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);


local function is_archived_copy (title)
if is_set (Editors) then
title = mw.ustring.lower(title); -- switch title to lower case
if editor_etal then
if title:find (cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy.en) then -- if title is 'Archived copy'
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
return true;
EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
elseif cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local'] then
else
if mw.ustring.find (title, cfg.special_case_translation.archived_copy['local']) then -- mw.ustring() because might not be Latin script
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
return true;
end
else
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
end
end
end


if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
end
]]


--[[--------------------------< D I S P L A Y _ N A M E S _ S E L E C T >--------------------------------------
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');


for any of the |display-authors=, |display-editors=, etc parameters, select either the local or global setting.
if  not is_set(URL) then --and
When both are present, look at <local_display_names> value.  When the value is some sort of 'et al.'string,
-- not is_set(ArchiveURL) then --and -- prevents format_missing_url error from registering
special handling is required.
-- not is_set(ConferenceURL) and -- TODO: keep this here? conference as part of cite web or cite podcast?
-- not is_set(TranscriptURL) then -- TODO: remove? |transcript-url= and |transcript= has separate test
-- Test if cite web or cite podcast |url= is missing or empty
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
end
-- Test if accessdate is given without giving a URL
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when the others are not set; TODO: move this to a separate test?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
AccessDate = '';
end
end


When {{cs1 config}} has |display-<namelist>= AND this template has |display-<namelist>=etal AND:
local OriginalURL, OriginalFormat; -- TODO: swap chapter and title here so that archive applies to most specific if both are set?
the number of names specified by <number_of_names> is:
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
greater than the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>= parameter (<global_display_names>)
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
use global |display-<namelist>= parameter value
if is_set (URL) then
set overridden maint category
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
less than or equal to the number specified in the global |display-<namelist>=  parameter
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
use local |display-<namelist>= parameter value
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
 
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
The purpose of this function is to prevent categorizing a template that has fewer names than the global setting
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
to keep the etal annotation specified by <local_display_names>.
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
 
end
]]
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
 
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
local function display_names_select (global_display_names, local_display_names, param_name, number_of_names, test)
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format=
if global_display_names and utilities.is_set (local_display_names) then -- when both
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
if 'etal' == local_display_names:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
number_of_names = tonumber (number_of_names); -- convert these to numbers for comparison
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
local global_display_names_num = tonumber (global_display_names); -- <global_display_names> not set when parameter value is not digits
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
 
if number_of_names > global_display_names_num then -- template has more names than global config allows to be displayed?
utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message because global is overriding local |display-<namelist>=etal
return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
else
return local_display_names, param_name; -- return local because fewer names so let <local_display_names> control
end
end
end
end
-- here when <global_display_names> and <local_display_names> both numbers; <global_display_names> controls
utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message
return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
end
end
-- here when only one of <global_display_names> or <local_display_names> set
if global_display_names then
return global_display_names, 'cs1 config'; -- return global with spoof parameter name (for get_display_names())
else
return local_display_names, param_name; -- return local
end
end


if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup", 'arxiv'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if is_set (Chapter) or is_set (TransChapter) or is_set (ChapterURL) or is_set (ScriptChapter) then -- chapter parameters not supported for these citation types
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
Chapter = ''; -- set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
TransChapter = '';
ChapterURL = '';
ScriptChapter = '';
end
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin);
if is_set (Chapter) then
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType;
end
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';
end
end


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
-- Format main title.
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
end


This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup", "mailinglist", 'arxiv'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
else
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
end


]]
TransError = "";
 
if is_set(TransTitle) then
local function citation0( config, args )
if is_set(Title) then
--[[
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
Load Input Parameters
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
]]
local A = argument_wrapper ( args );
local i
 
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
 
local author_etal;
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
local Authors;
local NameListStyle;
if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'] then -- global setting in {{cs1 config}} overrides local |name-list-style= parameter value; nil when empty or assigned value invalid
NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'], 'cs1 config: name-list-style', cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], ''); -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax
else
else
NameListStyle = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NameListStyle'], A:ORIGIN('NameListStyle'), cfg.keywords_lists['name-list-style'], '');
TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
end
end
 
end
if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['NameListStyle'] and utilities.is_set (A['NameListStyle']) then -- when template has |name-list-style=<something> which global setting has overridden
utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
if is_set(Title) then
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then  
Title = external_link( URL, Title ) .. TransError .. Format;
URL = "";
Format = "";
else
Title = Title .. TransError;
end
end
end


local Collaboration = A['Collaboration'];
if is_set(Place) then
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
end


do -- to limit scope of selected
if is_set (Conference) then
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
if 1 == selected then
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference );
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, A['Vauthors'], 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |people= or |credits=; |authors= is deprecated; TODO: constrain |people= and |credits= to cite av media, episode, serial?
end
if utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
author_etal = true; -- so that |display-authors=etal not required
end
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin );
end
end


local editor_etal;
if not is_set(Position) then
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
 
if is_set(Minutes) then
do -- to limit scope of selected
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], nil, args, 'EditorList'); -- support for |editors= withdrawn
else
if 1 == selected then
local Time = A['Time'];
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
if is_set(Time) then
elseif 2 == selected then
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
NameListStyle = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-style= might be
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
if sepc ~= '.' then
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
end
end
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
end
end
end
else
Position = " " .. Position;
At = '';
end
end
local Chapter = A['Chapter']; -- done here so that we have access to |contribution= from |chapter= aliases
local Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter');
local Contribution; -- because contribution is required for contributor(s)
if 'contribution' == Chapter_origin then
Contribution = Chapter; -- get the name of the contribution
end
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
if not is_set(Page) then
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
if is_set(Pages) then
if is_set(Periodical) and
if 0 < #c then
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
if not utilities.is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
Pages = ": " .. Pages;
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution'); -- add missing contribution error message
elseif tonumber(Pages) ~= nil then
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
Pages = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Pages;
end
else
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
Pages = sepc .." " .. PPPrefix .. Pages;
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_missing_required_param', 'author'); -- add missing author error message
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
end
end
end
end
else -- if not a book cite
else
if utilities.select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'err_redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
if is_set(Periodical) and
utilities.set_message ('err_contributor_ignored'); -- add contributor ignored error message
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
Page = ": " .. Page;
else
Page = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Page;
end
end
Contribution = nil; -- unset
end
end


local Title = A['Title'];
if 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- cite map oddity done after COinS call (and with other in-source locators)
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
if is_set (Sheet) or is_set (Sheets) then
 
local err_msg1 = 'sheet=, &#124;sheets'; -- default error message in case any of page pages or at are set
local auto_select = ''; -- default is auto
local err_msg2;
local accept_link;
if is_set (Page) or is_set (Pages) or is_set (At) then -- are any set?
TitleLink, accept_link = utilities.has_accept_as_written (TitleLink, true); -- test for accept-this-as-written markup
err_msg2 = 'page=, &#124;pages=, &#124;at'; -- a generic error message
if (not accept_link) and utilities.in_array (TitleLink, {'none', 'pmc', 'doi'}) then -- check for special keywords
Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
auto_select = TitleLink; -- remember selection for later
elseif is_set (Sheet) and is_set (Sheets) then -- if both are set make error message
TitleLink = ''; -- treat as if |title-link= would have been empty
err_msg1 = 'sheet';
err_msg2 = 'sheets';
end
if is_set (err_msg2) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', err_msg1) .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', err_msg2)}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
if not is_set (Sheet) then -- do sheet static text and formatting; Sheet has priority over Sheets if both provided
if is_set (Sheets) then
if is_set (Periodical) then
Sheet = ": Sheets " .. Sheets; -- because Sheet has priority, no need to support both later on
else
Sheet = sepc .. " Sheets " .. Sheets;
end
end
else
if is_set (Periodical) then
Sheet = ": Sheet " .. Sheet;
else
Sheet = sepc .. " Sheet " .. Sheet;
end
end
end
end
end


TitleLink = link_title_ok (TitleLink, A:ORIGIN ('TitleLink'), Title, 'title'); -- check for wiki-markup in |title-link= or wiki-markup in |title= when |title-link= is set
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
local Section = A['Section'];
local Sections = A['Sections'];
local Inset = A['Inset'];
if is_set( Inset ) then
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
end


local Section = ''; -- {{cite map}} only; preset to empty string for concatenation if not used
if is_set( Sections ) then
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and 'section' == Chapter_origin then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
Section = A['Chapter']; -- get |section= from |chapter= alias list; |chapter= and the other aliases not supported in {{cite map}}
elseif is_set( Section ) then
Chapter = ''; -- unset for now; will be reset later from |map= if present
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
end
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
end
 
if is_set (Language) then
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
else
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
end
end


local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical');
local ScriptPeriodical = A['ScriptPeriodical'];
local ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptPeriodical');
local TransPeriodical =  A['TransPeriodical'];
local TransPeriodical_origin =  A:ORIGIN ('TransPeriodical');
if (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'encyclopaedia'}) and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical))) then
if is_set (Translators) then
local param;
Others = sepc .. ' Translated by ' .. Translators .. Others;
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- get a parameter name from one of these periodical related meta-parameters
end
Periodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters
 
param = Periodical_origin -- get parameter name for error messaging
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
elseif utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical) then
if is_set (Edition) then
TransPeriodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
param = TransPeriodical_origin; -- get parameter name for error messaging
add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
ScriptPeriodical = ''; -- unset because not valid {{cite book}} or {{cite encyclopedia}} parameters
param = ScriptPeriodical_origin; -- get parameter name for error messaging
end
end
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
else
Edition = '';
end
Issue = is_set(Issue) and (" (" .. Issue .. ")") or "";
Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";


if utilities.is_set (param) then -- if we found one
if is_set(Volume) then
utilities.set_message ('err_periodical_ignored', {param}); -- emit an error message
if ( mw.ustring.len(Volume) > 4 )
  then Volume = sepc .." " .. Volume;
  else Volume = " <b>" .. hyphen_to_dash(Volume) .. "</b>";
end
end
end
end


if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
local i;
if is_set(Via) then
Periodical, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated
Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
if i then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {Periodical_origin});
end
end
end


if 'mailinglist' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for {{cite mailing list}}
--[[
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (A ['MailingList']) then -- both set emit an error TODO: make a function for this and similar?
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not. If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Periodical_origin) .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'mailinglist')});
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
end


Periodical = A ['MailingList']; -- error or no, set Periodical to |mailinglist= value because this template is {{cite mailing list}}
]]
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('MailingList');
if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
else
SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
end
end


-- web and news not tested for now because of
if is_set(AccessDate) then
-- Wikipedia:Administrators%27_noticeboard#Is_there_a_semi-automated_tool_that_could_fix_these_annoying_"Cite_Web"_errors?
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
if not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) then -- 'periodical' templates require periodical parameter
 
-- local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine', ['news'] = 'newspaper', ['web'] = 'website'}; -- for error message
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
local p = {['journal'] = 'journal', ['magazine'] = 'magazine'}; -- for error message
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if 'citation', lower case
if p[config.CitationClass]  then
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_periodical', {config.CitationClass, p[config.CitationClass]});
-- neither of these work; don't know why; it seems that substitute() isn't being called
end
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
end
end
local Volume;
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
if not utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_no_volume_t) then -- {{citation}} does not render |volume= when these parameters are used
end
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
end
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) then
end
if 'script-website' ~= ScriptPeriodical_origin then -- {{citation}} does not render volume for |script-website=
Volume = A['Volume']; -- but does for all other 'periodicals'
end
else
Volume = A['Volume']; -- and does for non-'periodical' cites
end
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) then -- render |volume= for cs1 according to the configuration settings
Volume = A['Volume'];
end
extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Volume, A:ORIGIN ('Volume'), 'v');


local Issue;
ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );
if 'citation' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, cfg.citation_issue_t) then -- {{citation}} may render |issue= when these parameters are used
Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
end
elseif utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) then -- conference & map books do not support issue; {{citation}} listed here because included in settings table
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map', 'citation'}) and not (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical))) then
Issue = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Issue']);
end
end
local ArticleNumber;


if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'conference'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == Periodical_origin) then
if is_set(URL) then
ArticleNumber = A['ArticleNumber'];
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin );
end
end


extra_text_in_vol_iss_check (Issue, A:ORIGIN ('Issue'), 'i');
if is_set(Quote) then
 
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then
local Page;
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2);
local Pages;
end
local At;
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
local QuotePage;
PostScript = ""; -- CS1 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
local QuotePages;
if not utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then -- TODO: rewrite to emit ignored parameter error message?
Page = A['Page'];
Pages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['Pages']);
At = A['At'];
QuotePage = A['QuotePage'];
QuotePages = utilities.hyphen_to_dash (A['QuotePages']);
end
end
local Edition = A['Edition'];
local PublicationPlace = place_check (A['PublicationPlace'], A:ORIGIN('PublicationPlace'));
local Place = place_check (A['Place'], A:ORIGIN('Place'));
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
local Archived
local PublisherName_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublisherName');
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] ~= PublisherName) then
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
local i = 0;
ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
PublisherName, i = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (PublisherName); -- strip apostrophe markup so that metadata isn't contaminated; publisher is never italicized
end
if i and (0 < i) then -- non-zero when markup was stripped so emit an error message
if "no" == DeadURL then
utilities.set_message ('err_apostrophe_markup', {PublisherName_origin});
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');  
end
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
-- if 'usurped' == DeadURL then -- when original has unsuitable content do not link
if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped'}) then
Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'] ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
end
else
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
end
end
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
else
Archived = ""
end
end
if ('document' == config.CitationClass) and not utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
local Lay = '';
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_publisher', {config.CitationClass, 'publisher'});
if is_set(LayURL) then
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
if is_set(LaySource) then  
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
else
LaySource = "";
end
if sepc == '.' then
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'] ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
else
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower() ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
end
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
end
end


local Newsgroup = A['Newsgroup']; -- TODO: strip apostrophe markup?
if is_set(Transcript) then
local Newsgroup_origin = A:ORIGIN('Newsgroup');
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
 
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript );
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) and (cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] ~= PublisherName) then -- general use parameter |publisher= not allowed in cite newsgroup
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {PublisherName_origin});
end
end
 
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
PublisherName = nil; -- ensure that this parameter is unset for the time being; will be used again after COinS
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );
end
end


local URL = A['URL']; -- TODO: better way to do this for URL, ChapterURL, and MapURL?
local Publisher;
local UrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('UrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
if is_set(Periodical) and
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then
if not utilities.is_set (URL) and utilities.is_set (UrlAccess) then
if is_set(PublisherName) then
UrlAccess = nil;
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', 'url');
Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
else
Publisher = PublisherName; 
end
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= PublicationPlace;
else
Publisher = "";
end
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
if is_set(Publisher) then
Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
end
if is_set(Publisher) then
Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
end
else
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate) .. ")";
end
if is_set(PublisherName) then
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
end
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
end
end
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
local ChapterUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['ChapterUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
if is_set(Periodical) then
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (ChapterUrlAccess) then
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then  
ChapterUrlAccess = nil;
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)  
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {A:ORIGIN('ChapterUrlAccess'):gsub ('%-access', '')});
else
Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
end
end
end


local MapUrlAccess = is_valid_parameter_value (A['MapUrlAccess'], A:ORIGIN('MapUrlAccess'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-access'], nil);
--[[
if not utilities.is_set (A['MapURL']) and utilities.is_set (MapUrlAccess) then
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
MapUrlAccess = nil;
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
utilities.set_message ('err_param_access_requires_param', {'map-url'});
]]
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
end
end
end
end


local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
-- Piece all bits together at last. Here, all should be non-nil.
local no_tracking_cats = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoTracking'], A:ORIGIN('NoTracking'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.


-- check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
local tcommon
if not utilities.is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
if cfg.uncategorized_namespaces[this_page.namespace] then -- is this page's namespace id one of the uncategorized namespace ids?
if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series,
end
Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume, Issue}, sepc );
for _, v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
break; -- bail out if one is found
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
end
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume, Issue}, sepc );
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
end
end
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
else -- all other CS1 templates
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
Volume, Issue, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
end
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
utilities.select_one (args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'err_redundant_parameters'); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category
local coins_pages;
Page, Pages, At, coins_pages = insource_loc_get (Page, A:ORIGIN('Page'), Pages, A:ORIGIN('Pages'), At);
if #ID_list > 0 then
 
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ", table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
local NoPP = is_valid_parameter_value (A['NoPP'], A:ORIGIN('NoPP'), cfg.keywords_lists['yes_true_y'], nil);
else
 
ID_list = ID;
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
utilities.add_prop_cat ('location-test'); -- add property cat to evaluate how often PublicationPlace and Place are used together
if PublicationPlace == Place then
Place = ''; -- unset; don't need both if they are the same
end
elseif not utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) and utilities.is_set (Place) then -- when only |place= (|location=) is set ...
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
end
end
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
local URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
local ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
local ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter');
local Format = A['Format'];
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
local TransChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter');
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
--[[
local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
local text;
When the citation has these parameters:
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Page .. Pages .. At;
|encyclopedia= and |title= then map |title= to |article= and |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
|encyclopedia= and |article= then map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
 
|trans-title= maps to |trans-chapter= when |title= is re-mapped
|url= maps to |chapter-url= when |title= is remapped
All other combinations of |encyclopedia=, |title=, and |article= are not modified
if is_set(Authors) then
if is_set(Coauthors) then
]]
local sep = '; ';
 
if 'vanc' == NameListFormat then
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia']; -- used as a flag by this module and by ~/COinS
sep = ', ';
local ScriptEncyclopedia = A['ScriptEncyclopedia'];
local TransEncyclopedia = A['TransEncyclopedia'];
 
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) or utilities.is_set (ScriptEncyclopedia) then -- emit error message when Encyclopedia set but template is other than {{cite encyclopedia}} or {{citation}}
if 'encyclopaedia' ~= config.CitationClass and 'citation' ~= config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia')});
else
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('ScriptEncyclopedia')});
end
end
Encyclopedia = nil; -- unset these because not supported by this template
Authors = Authors .. sep .. Coauthors;
ScriptEncyclopedia = nil;
TransEncyclopedia = nil;
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (TransEncyclopedia) then
if is_set(Date) then
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'encyclopedia'});
Date = " ("..Date..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
end
elseif string.sub(Authors,-1,-1) == sepc then
 
Authors = Authors .. " "
if ('encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
else
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) then -- when both parameters set emit an error message; {{citation}} only; Periodical not allowed in {{cite encyclopedia}}
Authors = Authors .. sepc .. " "
utilities.set_message ('err_periodical_ignored', {Periodical_origin});
end
end
 
if is_set(Editors) then
if utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia) or utilities.is_set (ScriptEncyclopedia) then
local in_text = " ";
Periodical = Encyclopedia; -- error or no, set Periodical to Encyclopedia for rendering; {{citation}} could (not legitimately) have both; use Encyclopedia
local post_text = "";
Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('Encyclopedia');
if is_set(Chapter) then
ScriptPeriodical = ScriptEncyclopedia;
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
ScriptPeriodical_origin = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptEncyclopedia');
else
 
if EditorCount <= 1 then
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
if not utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
else
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia= and |title= are set so map |title= params to |article= params for rendering
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle')
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterFormat = Format;
 
if not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) and utilities.is_set (TitleLink) then
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Chapter);
end
Title = Periodical; -- now map |encyclopedia= params to |title= params for rendering
ScriptTitle = ScriptPeriodical or '';
TransTitle = TransEncyclopedia or '';
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
ScriptPeriodical = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
TitleLink = '';
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (Chapter) or utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then -- |title= not set
end
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia= set and |article= set so map |encyclopedia= to |title= for rendering
if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end
ScriptTitle = ScriptPeriodical or '';
Editors = in_text .. Editors .. post_text;
TransTitle = TransEncyclopedia or '';
if (string.sub(Editors,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub(Editors,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last editor name ends with sepc char
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
Editors = Editors .. " "; -- don't add another
ScriptPeriodical = '';
else
Editors = Editors .. sepc .. " " -- otherwise terninate the editor list
end
end
end
end
end
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon }, sepc );
 
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
-- special case for cite techreport.
elseif is_set(Editors) then
local ID = A['ID'];
if is_set(Date) then
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
if EditorCount <= 1 then
if utilities.is_set (A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
if not utilities.is_set (ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
else
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
end
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')});
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
else
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
end
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
else
if is_set(Date) then
if ( string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) ~= sepc )
  then Date = sepc .." " .. Date .. OrigYear
  else Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear
end
end
end
end
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
local Conference = A['Conference'];
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
local TransTitle_origin = A:ORIGIN ('TransTitle');
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
if utilities.is_set (BookTitle) then
Chapter = Title;
Chapter_origin = 'title';
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapter-link= is deprecated
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
URL_origin = '';
ChapterFormat = Format;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
TransChapter_origin = TransTitle_origin;
Title = BookTitle;
Format = '';
-- TitleLink = '';
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
end
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
if config.CitationClass=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
end
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
-- CS1/2 mode
local Mode;
if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'] then -- global setting in {{cs1 config}} overrides local |mode= parameter value; nil when empty or assigned value invalid
Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'], 'cs1 config: mode', cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], ''); -- error messaging 'param' here is a hoax
else
else
Mode = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Mode'], A:ORIGIN('Mode'), cfg.keywords_lists['mode'], '');
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date}, sepc );
end
text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
 
if cfg.global_cs1_config_t['Mode'] and utilities.is_set (A['Mode']) then -- when template has |mode=<something> which global setting has overridden
utilities.set_message ('maint_overridden_setting'); -- set a maint message
end
end
end
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
end
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );


-- separator character and postscript
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
local sepc, PostScript = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], config.CitationClass);
local options = {};
-- controls capitalization of certain static text
local use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' );
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
options.class = config.CitationClass;
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
else
options.class = "citation";
end
-- cite map oddities
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then
local Cartography = "";
local id = Ref
local Scale = "";
if ( "harv" == Ref ) then
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
local names = {} --table of last names & year
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
if #a > 0 then
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
for i,v in ipairs(a) do
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar?
names[i] = v.last
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'map') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', Chapter_origin)}); -- add error message
if i == 4 then break end
end
elseif #e > 0 then
for i,v in ipairs(e) do
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end
end
end
names[ #names + 1 ] = first_set(Year, anchor_year); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
id = anchor_id(names)
end
end
Chapter = A['Map'];
options.id = id;
Chapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('Map');
end
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
z.error_categories = {};
ScriptChapter = A['ScriptMap']
text = set_error('empty_citation');
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptMap')
z.message_tail = {};
end
if is_set(options.id) then
text = '<cite id="' .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id) ..'" class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</cite>";
else
text = '<cite class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</cite>";
end


ChapterUrlAccess = MapUrlAccess;
local empty_span = '<span style="display:none;">&nbsp;</span>';
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
-- Note: Using display: none on then COinS span breaks some clients.
local OCinS = '<span title="' .. OCinSoutput .. '" class="Z3988">' .. empty_span .. '</span>';
text = text .. OCinS;
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
text = text .. " ";
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
if is_set(v[1]) then
if i == #z.message_tail then
text = text .. error_comment( v[1], v[2] );
else
text = text .. error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
end
end
end
end


Cartography = A['Cartography'];
if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
if utilities.is_set ( Cartography ) then
text = text .. '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33">';
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
end
text = text .. ' ' .. v .. ' ([[:Category:' .. v ..'|link]])';
Scale = A['Scale'];
end
if utilities.is_set ( Scale ) then
text = text .. '</span>'; -- maintenance mesages (realy just the names of the categories for now)
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
end
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
end
end
end
end
return text
end
-- This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
function z.citation(frame)
local pframe = frame:getParent()
local validation;
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox'); -- ... sandbox version of date validation code


-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
else -- otherwise
local Series = A['Series'];
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation'); -- ... live version of date validation code
end
 
dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;


SeriesLink = link_title_ok (SeriesLink, A:ORIGIN ('SeriesLink'), Series, 'series'); -- check for wiki-markup in |series-link= or wiki-markup in |series= when |series-link= is set
local args = {};
local suggestions = {};
local error_text, error_state;


local Network = A['Network'];
local config = {};
local Station = A['Station'];
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
local s, n = {}, {};
config[k] = v;
-- do common parameters first
args[k] = v;  
if utilities.is_set (Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
end
if utilities.is_set (Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
local Season = A['Season'];
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];


if utilities.is_set (Season) and utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set TODO: make a function for this and similar?
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}); -- add error message
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
if v ~= '' then
end
if not validate( k ) then
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
error_text = "";
if utilities.is_set (Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
if utilities.is_set (SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('seriesnum', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
if utilities.is_set (Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
end
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
elseif validate( k:lower() ) then  
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
ScriptChapter_origin = A:ORIGIN('ScriptTitle');
else
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias |episode-link=
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
TransChapter = TransTitle;
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
ChapterURL = URL;
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version
ChapterUrlAccess = UrlAccess;
else
ChapterURL_origin = URL_origin;
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version
ChapterFormat = Format;
end
 
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
 
if utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
Chapter = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Chapter);
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterLink) and utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (ChapterLink, Series);
end
URL = ''; -- unset
TransTitle = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
Format = '';
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
if utilities.is_set (Series) and utilities.is_set (SeriesLink) then
Series = utilities.make_wikilink (SeriesLink, Series);
end
Series = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
 
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
local Degree = A['Degree'];
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'AV-media-notes', 'document', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'podcast', 'pressrelease', 'report', 'speech', 'techreport', 'thesis'}) then
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
if utilities.is_set (Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
TitleType = Degree .. ' ' .. cfg.title_types ['thesis']:lower();
end
end
 
if utilities.is_set (TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
TitleType = utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
-- TODO: Hack on TitleType to fix bunched parentheses problem
end
 
-- legacy: promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
local Date = A['Date'];
local Date_origin; -- to hold the name of parameter promoted to Date; required for date error messaging
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
local Year = A['Year'];
 
if not utilities.is_set (Date) then
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
if not utilities.is_set (Date) and utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('PublicationDate'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
else
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Year'); -- save the name of the promoted parameter
end
else
Date_origin = A:ORIGIN('Date'); -- not a promotion; name required for error messaging
end
 
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
 
--[[
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
we get the date used in the metadata.
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]
 
local DF = is_valid_parameter_value (A['DF'], A:ORIGIN('DF'), cfg.keywords_lists['df'], '');
if not utilities.is_set (DF) then
DF = cfg.global_df; -- local |df= if present overrides global df set by {{use xxx date}} template
end
 
local ArchiveURL;
local ArchiveDate;
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
local archive_url_timestamp; -- timestamp from wayback machine url
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp = archive_url_check (A['ArchiveURL'], A['ArchiveDate'])
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
ArchiveURL, ArchiveDate = is_unique_archive_url (ArchiveURL, URL, ChapterURL, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), ArchiveDate); -- add error message when URL or ChapterURL == ArchiveURL
 
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message, date_parameters_list, mismatch
local error_message = '';
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
local date_parameters_list = {
['access-date'] = {val = AccessDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('AccessDate')},
['archive-date'] = {val = ArchiveDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('ArchiveDate')},
['date'] = {val = Date, name = Date_origin},
['doi-broken-date'] = {val = DoiBroken, name = A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
['pmc-embargo-date'] = {val = Embargo, name = A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
['publication-date'] = {val = PublicationDate, name = A:ORIGIN ('PublicationDate')},
['year'] = {val = Year, name = A:ORIGIN ('Year')},
};
 
local error_list = {};
anchor_year, Embargo = validation.dates(date_parameters_list, COinS_date, error_list);
 
if utilities.is_set (Year) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
validation.year_date_check (Year, A:ORIGIN ('Year'), Date, A:ORIGIN ('Date'), error_list);
end
if 0 == #error_list then -- error free dates only; 0 when error_list is empty
local modified = false; -- flag
if utilities.is_set (DF) then -- if we need to reformat dates
modified = validation.reformat_dates (date_parameters_list, DF); -- reformat to DF format, use long month names if appropriate
end
 
if true == validation.date_hyphen_to_dash (date_parameters_list) then -- convert hyphens to dashes where appropriate
modified = true;
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_format'); -- hyphens were converted so add maint category
end
-- for those wikis that can and want to have English date names translated to the local language; not supported at en.wiki
if cfg.date_name_auto_xlate_enable and validation.date_name_xlate (date_parameters_list, cfg.date_digit_auto_xlate_enable ) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_date_auto_xlated'); -- add maint cat
modified = true;
end
 
if modified then -- if the date_parameters_list values were modified
AccessDate = date_parameters_list['access-date'].val; -- overwrite date holding parameters with modified values
ArchiveDate = date_parameters_list['archive-date'].val;
Date = date_parameters_list['date'].val;
DoiBroken = date_parameters_list['doi-broken-date'].val;
PublicationDate = date_parameters_list['publication-date'].val;
end
 
if archive_url_timestamp and utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
validation.archive_date_check (ArchiveDate, archive_url_timestamp, DF); -- does YYYYMMDD in archive_url_timestamp match date in ArchiveDate
end
else
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_date', {utilities.make_sep_list (#error_list, error_list)}); -- add this error message
end
end -- end of do
 
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'book', 'encyclopaedia'}) or -- {{cite book}}, {{cite encyclopedia}}; TODO: {{cite conference}} and others?
('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or -- {{citation}} as an encylopedia citation
('citation' == config.CitationClass and not utilities.is_set (Periodical)) then -- {{citation}} as a book citation
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
if not utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
local date = COinS_date.rftdate and tonumber (COinS_date.rftdate:match ('%d%d%d%d')); -- get year portion of COinS date (because in Arabic numerals); convert string to number
if date and (1850 <= date) then -- location has no publisher; if date is 1850 or later
utilities.set_message ('maint_location_no_publisher'); -- add maint cat
end
else -- PublisherName has a value
if cfg.keywords_xlate['none'] == PublisherName then -- if that value is 'none' (only for book and encyclopedia citations)
PublisherName = ''; -- unset
end
end
end
end
 
local ID_list = {}; -- sequence table of rendered identifiers
local ID_list_coins = {}; -- table of identifiers and their values from args; key is same as cfg.id_handlers's key
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
local ID_support = {
{A['ASINTLD'], 'ASIN', 'err_asintld_missing_asin', A:ORIGIN ('ASINTLD')},
{DoiBroken, 'DOI', 'err_doibroken_missing_doi', A:ORIGIN ('DoiBroken')},
{Embargo, 'PMC', 'err_embargo_missing_pmc', A:ORIGIN ('Embargo')},
}
 
ID_list, ID_list_coins = identifiers.identifier_lists_get (args, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'], Embargo = Embargo, Class = Class}, ID_support);
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, {{cite ssrn}}, before generation of COinS data.
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv; |biorxiv=, |citeseerx=, |medrxiv=, |ssrn= required for their templates
if not (args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[1]] or -- can't use ID_list_coins k/v table here because invalid parameters omitted
args[cfg.id_handlers[config.CitationClass:upper()].parameters[2]]) then -- which causes unexpected parameter missing error message
utilities.set_message ('err_' .. config.CitationClass .. '_missing'); -- add error message
end
 
Periodical = ({['arxiv'] = 'arXiv', ['biorxiv'] = 'bioRxiv', ['citeseerx'] = 'CiteSeerX', ['medrxiv'] = 'medRxiv', ['ssrn'] = 'Social Science Research Network'})[config.CitationClass];
end
 
-- Link the title of the work if no |url= was provided, but we have a |pmc= or a |doi= with |doi-access=free
 
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not utilities.is_set (URL) and not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) then -- TODO: remove 'none' once existing citations have been switched to 'off', so 'none' can be used as token for "no title" instead
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[auto_select] then -- if auto-linking not disabled
if identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select] then -- manual selection
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls[auto_select]; -- set URL to be the same as identifier's external link
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers[auto_select:upper()].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc'] then -- auto-select PMC
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['pmc']; -- set URL to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URL_origin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
elseif identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'] then -- auto-select DOI
URL = identifiers.auto_link_urls['doi'];
URL_origin = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'].parameters[1];
end
end
 
if utilities.is_set (URL) then -- set when using an identifier-created URL
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then -- |access-date= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url'); -- add an error message
AccessDate = ''; -- unset
end
 
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then -- |archive-url= requires |url=; identifier-created URL is not |url=
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url'); -- add an error message
ArchiveURL = ''; -- unset
end
end
end
 
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
-- Test if citation has no title
if not utilities.is_set (Title) and not utilities.is_set (TransTitle) and not utilities.is_set (ScriptTitle) then -- has special case for cite episode
utilities.set_message ('err_citation_missing_title', {'episode' == config.CitationClass and 'series' or 'title'});
end
 
if utilities.in_array (cfg.keywords_xlate[Title], {'off', 'none'}) and
utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and
(utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and
('journal' == Periodical_origin or 'script-journal' == ScriptPeriodical_origin) then -- special case for journal cites
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
end
 
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and utilities.is_set (Title) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
coins_title = Periodical;
end
end
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
end
-- this is the function call to COinS()
local OCinSoutput = metadata.COinS({
['Periodical'] = utilities.strip_apostrophe_markup (Periodical), -- no markup in the metadata
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia, -- just a flag; content ignored by ~/COinS
['Chapter'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
['Title'] = metadata.make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic / accept-as-written markup
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date.* has correctly formatted date values if Date is valid;
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
['Quarter'] = COinS_date.rftquarter,
['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron,
['Series'] = Series,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['ArticleNumber'] = ArticleNumber,
['Pages'] = coins_pages or metadata.get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At, QuotePage, QuotePages}, 7)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName or Newsgroup, -- any apostrophe markup already removed from PublisherName
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
['Authors'] = coins_author,
['ID_list'] = ID_list_coins,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
}, config.CitationClass);
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, {{cite biorxiv}}, {{cite citeseerx}}, {{cite medrxiv}}, and {{cite ssrn}} AFTER generation of COinS data.
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, bioRxiv, CiteSeerX, medRxiv, or ssrn now unset so it isn't displayed
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in these templates; if article has been published, use cite journal
end
 
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Newsgroup) then
PublisherName = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. Newsgroup, Newsgroup, Newsgroup_origin, nil ));
end
 
local Editors;
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
local contributor_etal;
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
local translator_etal;
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
local Interviewers;
local interviewers_list = {};
interviewers_list = extract_names (args, 'InterviewerList'); -- process preferred interviewers parameters
local interviewer_etal;
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
do
local last_first_list;
local control = {
format = NameListStyle, -- empty string, '&', 'amp', 'and', or 'vanc'
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
mode = Mode
};
 
do -- do editor name list first because the now unsupported coauthors used to modify control table
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayEditors'], A['DisplayEditors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayEditors'), #e);
control.maximum, editor_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #e, 'editors', editor_etal, param);
 
Editors, EditorCount = list_people (control, e, editor_etal);
 
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
end
do -- now do interviewers
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayInterviewers'], A['DisplayInterviewers'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayInterviewers'), #interviewers_list);
control.maximum, interviewer_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #interviewers_list, 'interviewers', interviewer_etal, param);
 
Interviewers = list_people (control, interviewers_list, interviewer_etal);
end
do -- now do translators
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayTranslators'], A['DisplayTranslators'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayTranslators'), #t);
control.maximum, translator_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #t, 'translators', translator_etal, param);
 
Translators = list_people (control, t, translator_etal);
end
do -- now do contributors
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayContributors'], A['DisplayContributors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayContributors'), #c);
control.maximum, contributor_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #c, 'contributors', contributor_etal, param);
 
Contributors = list_people (control, c, contributor_etal);
end
do -- now do authors
local display_names, param = display_names_select (cfg.global_cs1_config_t['DisplayAuthors'], A['DisplayAuthors'], A:ORIGIN ('DisplayAuthors'), #a, author_etal);
control.maximum, author_etal = get_display_names (display_names, #a, 'authors', author_etal, param);
 
last_first_list = list_people (control, a, author_etal);
 
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false, 'authors'); -- find and remove variations on et al.
if author_etal then
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
end
else
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
end -- end of do
if utilities.is_set (Authors) and utilities.is_set (Collaboration) then
Authors = Authors .. ' (' .. Collaboration .. ')'; -- add collaboration after et al.
end
 
end
 
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
 
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
if not (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
end
 
if not utilities.is_set (URL) then
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"web", "podcast", "mailinglist"}) or -- |url= required for cite web, cite podcast, and cite mailinglist
('citation' == config.CitationClass and ('website' == Periodical_origin or 'script-website' == ScriptPeriodical_origin)) then -- and required for {{citation}} with |website= or |script-website=
utilities.set_message ('err_cite_web_url');
end
-- do we have |accessdate= without either |url= or |chapter-url=?
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) and not utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- ChapterURL may be set when URL is not set;
utilities.set_message ('err_accessdate_missing_url');
AccessDate = '';
end
end
 
local UrlStatus = is_valid_parameter_value (A['UrlStatus'], A:ORIGIN('UrlStatus'), cfg.keywords_lists['url-status'], '');
local OriginalURL
local OriginalURL_origin
local OriginalFormat
local OriginalAccess;
UrlStatus = UrlStatus:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
if utilities.is_set ( ArchiveURL ) then
if utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if chapter-url= is set apply archive url to it
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
OriginalURL_origin = ChapterURL_origin; -- name of |chapter-url= parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |chapter-format=
 
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
ChapterURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of |archive-url= parameter for error messages
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
ChapterUrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
end
elseif utilities.is_set (URL) then
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
OriginalURL_origin = URL_origin; -- name of URL parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
OriginalAccess = UrlAccess;
 
if 'live' ~= UrlStatus then -- if URL set then |archive-url= applies to it
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's URL
URL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive URL parameter for error messages
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
UrlAccess = nil; -- restricted access levels do not make sense for archived URLs
end
end
elseif utilities.is_set (UrlStatus) then -- if |url-status= is set when |archive-url= is not set
utilities.set_message ('maint_url_status'); -- add maint cat
end
 
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
local chap_param;
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
elseif utilities.is_set (TransChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterURL) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
elseif utilities.is_set (ScriptChapter) then
chap_param = ScriptChapter_origin;
else utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat)
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
end
 
if utilities.is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
utilities.set_message ('err_chapter_ignored', {chap_param}); -- add error message
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
TransChapter = '';
ChapterURL = '';
ScriptChapter = '';
ChapterFormat = '';
end
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
if utilities.is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
if utilities.in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords_lists.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
end
end
 
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, ScriptChapter_origin, Chapter, Chapter_origin, TransChapter, TransChapter_origin, ChapterURL, ChapterURL_origin, no_quotes, ChapterUrlAccess); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat ;
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (TitleType) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType; -- map annotation here; not after title
end
Chapter = Chapter .. sepc .. ' ';
elseif utilities.is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
end
end
 
-- Format main title
local plain_title = false;
local accept_title;
Title, accept_title = utilities.has_accept_as_written (Title, true); -- remove accept-this-as-written markup when it wraps all of <Title>
if accept_title and ('' == Title) then -- only support forced empty for now "(())"
Title = cfg.messages['notitle']; -- replace by predefined "No title" message
-- TODO: utilities.set_message ( 'err_redundant_parameters', ...); -- issue proper error message instead of muting
ScriptTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
TransTitle = ''; -- just mute for now
plain_title = true; -- suppress text decoration for descriptive title
utilities.set_message ('maint_untitled'); -- add maint cat
end
 
if not accept_title then -- <Title> not wrapped in accept-as-written markup
if '...' == Title:sub (-3) then -- if ellipsis is the last three characters of |title=
Title = Title:gsub ('(%.%.%.)%.+$', '%1'); -- limit the number of dots to three
elseif not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%.%s*%a%.$') and -- end of title is not a 'dot-(optional space-)letter-dot' initialism ...
not mw.ustring.find (Title, '%s+%a%.$') then -- ...and not a 'space-letter-dot' initial (''Allium canadense'' L.)
Title = mw.ustring.gsub(Title, '%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- remove any trailing separator character; sepc and ms.ustring() here for languages that use multibyte separator characters
end
 
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) and is_archived_copy (Title) then
utilities.set_message ('maint_archived_copy'); -- add maintenance category before we modify the content of Title
end
 
if is_generic ('generic_titles', Title) then
utilities.set_message ('err_generic_title'); -- set an error message
end
end
 
if (not plain_title) and (utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'web', 'news', 'journal', 'magazine', 'document', 'pressrelease', 'podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'interview', 'arxiv', 'biorxiv', 'citeseerx', 'medrxiv', 'ssrn'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)) and not utilities.is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
('map' == config.CitationClass and (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical)))) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from module provided quote marks
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
elseif plain_title or ('report' == config.CitationClass) then -- no styling for cite report and descriptive titles (otherwise same as above)
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
else
Title = utilities.wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle, 'script-title'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = utilities.wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
end
 
if utilities.is_set (TransTitle) then
if utilities.is_set (Title) then
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
else
utilities.set_message ('err_trans_missing_title', {'title'});
end
end
 
if utilities.is_set (Title) then -- TODO: is this the right place to be making Wikisource URLs?
if utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
utilities.set_message ('err_wikilink_in_url'); -- set an error message because we can't have both
TitleLink = ''; -- unset
end
if not utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and utilities.is_set (URL) then
Title = external_link (URL, Title, URL_origin, UrlAccess) .. TransTitle .. Format;
URL = ''; -- unset these because no longer needed
Format = "";
elseif utilities.is_set (TitleLink) and not utilities.is_set (URL) then
local ws_url;
ws_url = wikisource_url_make (TitleLink); -- ignore ws_label return; not used here
if ws_url then
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title-link'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], TitleLink, Title});
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
else
Title = utilities.make_wikilink (TitleLink, Title) .. TransTitle;
end
else
local ws_url, ws_label, L; -- Title has italic or quote markup by the time we get here which causes is_wikilink() to return 0 (not a wikilink)
ws_url, ws_label, L = wikisource_url_make (Title:gsub('^[\'"]*(.-)[\'"]*$', '%1')); -- make ws URL from |title= interwiki link (strip italic or quote markup); link portion L becomes tooltip label
if ws_url then
Title = Title:gsub ('%b[]', ws_label); -- replace interwiki link with ws_label to retain markup
Title = external_link (ws_url, Title .. '&nbsp;', 'ws link in title'); -- space char after Title to move icon away from italic text; TODO: a better way to do this?
Title = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['interwiki-icon'], {cfg.presentation['class-wikisource'], L, Title});
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
else
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
end
end
else
Title = TransTitle;
end
 
if utilities.is_set (Place) then
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
end
 
local ConferenceURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then
if utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
elseif utilities.is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURL_origin, nil );
end
 
local Position = '';
if not utilities.is_set (Position) then
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
local Time = A['Time'];
 
if utilities.is_set (Minutes) then
if utilities.is_set (Time) then --TODO: make a function for this and similar?
utilities.set_message ('err_redundant_parameters', {utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. cfg.presentation['sep_list_pair'] .. utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')});
end
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
else
if utilities.is_set (Time) then
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
if not utilities.is_set (TimeCaption) then
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
if sepc ~= '.' then
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
end
end
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
end
end
else
Position = " " .. Position;
At = '';
end
 
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
 
At = utilities.is_set (At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
Position = utilities.is_set (Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
local Sections = A['Sections']; -- Section (singular) is an alias of Chapter so set earlier
local Inset = A['Inset'];
if utilities.is_set ( Inset ) then
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
end
 
if utilities.is_set ( Sections ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
elseif utilities.is_set ( Section ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
end
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
end
 
local Others = A['Others'];
if utilities.is_set (Others) and 0 == #a and 0 == #e then -- add maint cat when |others= has value and used without |author=, |editor=
if config.CitationClass == "AV-media-notes"
or config.CitationClass == "audio-visual" then -- special maint for AV/M which has a lot of 'false' positives right now
utilities.set_message ('maint_others_avm')
else
utilities.set_message ('maint_others');
end
end
Others = utilities.is_set (Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
if utilities.is_set (Translators) then
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('translated', Translators, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
end
if utilities.is_set (Interviewers) then
Others = safe_join ({sepc .. ' ', wrap_msg ('interview', Interviewers, use_lowercase), Others}, sepc);
end
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
TitleNote = utilities.is_set (TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
if utilities.is_set (Edition) then
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%n?%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then -- Ed, ed, Ed., ed., Edn, edn, Edn., edn.
utilities.set_message ('err_extra_text_edition'); -- add error message
end
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
else
Edition = '';
end
 
Series = utilities.is_set (Series) and wrap_msg ('series', {sepc, Series}) or ""; -- not the same as SeriesNum
local Agency = A['Agency'] or ''; -- |agency= only supported in {{cite news}}, {{cite press release}}, {{cite web}} and certain {{citation}} templates
if utilities.is_set (Agency) then -- this testing done here because {{citation}} supports 'news' citations
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {'news', 'pressrelease', 'web'}) or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and utilities.in_array (Periodical_origin, {"newspaper", "work"})) then
Agency = wrap_msg ('agency', {sepc, Agency}); -- format for rendering
else
Agency = ''; -- unset; not supported
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {'agency'}); -- add error message
end
end
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, ArticleNumber, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
 
if utilities.is_set (AccessDate) then
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
 
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if mode is cs2, lower case
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
 
AccessDate = utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
end
if utilities.is_set (ID) then ID = sepc .. " " .. ID; end
local Docket = A['Docket'];
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then
ID = sepc .. " Docket " .. Docket .. ID;
end
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and utilities.is_set (Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
end
 
if utilities.is_set (URL) then
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URL_origin, UrlAccess );
end
 
local Quote = A['Quote'];
local TransQuote = A['TransQuote'];
local ScriptQuote = A['ScriptQuote'];
if utilities.is_set (Quote) or utilities.is_set (TransQuote) or utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
 
if utilities.is_set (Quote) then
if Quote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
Quote = Quote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
end
end
Quote = kern_quotes (Quote); -- kern if needed
Quote = utilities.wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
if utilities.is_set (ScriptQuote) then
Quote = script_concatenate (Quote, ScriptQuote, 'script-quote'); -- <bdi> tags, lang attribute, categorization, etc.; must be done after quote is wrapped
end
 
if utilities.is_set (TransQuote) then
if TransQuote:sub(1, 1) == '"' and TransQuote:sub(-1, -1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of |trans-quote are quote marks
TransQuote = TransQuote:sub(2, -2); -- strip them off
end
Quote = Quote .. " " .. utilities.wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransQuote );
end
 
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) or utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then -- add page prefix
local quote_prefix = '';
if utilities.is_set (QuotePage) then
extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePage, 'quote-page'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-page= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
if not NoPP then
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
else
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePage}), '', '', '';
end
elseif utilities.is_set (QuotePages) then
extra_text_in_page_check (QuotePages, 'quote-pages'); -- add to maint cat if |quote-pages= value begins with what looks like p., pp., etc.
if tonumber(QuotePages) ~= nil and not NoPP then -- if only digits, assume single page
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
elseif not NoPP then
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
else
quote_prefix = utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, QuotePages}), '', '';
end
end
                       
Quote = quote_prefix .. ": " .. Quote;
else
Quote = sepc .. " " .. Quote;
end
 
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
end
-- We check length of PostScript here because it will have been nuked by
-- the quote parameters. We'd otherwise emit a message even if there wasn't
-- a displayed postscript.
-- TODO: Should the max size (1) be configurable?
-- TODO: Should we check a specific pattern?
if utilities.is_set(PostScript) and mw.ustring.len(PostScript) > 1 then
utilities.set_message ('maint_postscript')
end
local Archived;
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
if not utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL set but ArchiveDate not set
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_date'); -- emit an error message
ArchiveURL = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
else
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then -- ArchiveURL not set but ArchiveDate is set
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_date_missing_url'); -- emit an error message
ArchiveURL = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
ArchiveDate = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
end
 
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveURL) then
local arch_text;
if "live" == UrlStatus then
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. utilities.substitute ( cfg.messages['archived-live'],
{external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL'), nil) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
else
Archived = '';
end
if not utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');
Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
elseif utilities.is_set (OriginalURL) then -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead', 'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'
if utilities.in_array (UrlStatus, {'unfit', 'usurped', 'bot: unknown'}) then
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-unfit'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. ' ' .. arch_text .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
if 'bot: unknown' == UrlStatus then
utilities.set_message ('maint_bot_unknown'); -- and add a category if not already added
else
utilities.set_message ('maint_unfit'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
else -- UrlStatus is empty, 'dead'
arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if utilities.is_set (ArchiveDate) then
Archived = sepc .. " " .. utilities.substitute ( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURL_origin, OriginalAccess ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
else
Archived = ''; -- unset for concatenation
end
end
else -- OriginalUrl not set
utilities.set_message ('err_archive_missing_url');
Archived = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
elseif utilities.is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
else
Archived = '';
end
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
local TranscriptURL_origin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
if utilities.is_set (Transcript) then
if utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
end
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
elseif utilities.is_set (TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURL_origin, nil );
end
 
local Publisher;
if utilities.is_set (PublicationDate) then
PublicationDate = wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
end
if utilities.is_set (PublisherName) then
if utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; 
end
elseif utilities.is_set (PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
if (utilities.is_set (Periodical) or utilities.is_set (ScriptPeriodical) or utilities.is_set (TransPeriodical)) then
if utilities.is_set (Title) or utilities.is_set (TitleNote) then
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
else
Periodical = format_periodical (ScriptPeriodical, ScriptPeriodical_origin, Periodical, TransPeriodical, TransPeriodical_origin);
end
end
local Language = A['Language'];
if utilities.is_set (Language) then
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc.
else
Language=''; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
--[[ TODO: need to extract the wrap_msg from language_parameter
so that we can solve parentheses bunching problem with Format/Language/TitleType
]]
end
 
--[[
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
TitleNote = TitleType; -- move TitleType to TitleNote so that it renders ahead of |event=
TitleType = ''; -- and unset
 
if utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
if utilities.is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
end
end
end
 
-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
 
local tcommon;
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"book", "citation"}) and not utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc.
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote}, sepc); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
tcommon2 = safe_join ({TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher}, sepc);
else
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher}, sepc);
end
 
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc);
elseif utilities.is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleType, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc);
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleType, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc);
end
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc);
 
else -- all other CS1 templates
tcommon = safe_join ({Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc);
end
if #ID_list > 0 then
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
else
ID_list = ID;
end
local Via = A['Via'];
Via = utilities.is_set (Via) and  wrap_msg ('via', Via) or '';
local idcommon;
if 'audio-visual' == config.CitationClass or 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite AV media & cite episode position transcript
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, Transcript, AccessDate, Via, Quote }, sepc );
else
idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, Quote }, sepc );
end
local text;
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
 
local OrigDate = A['OrigDate'];
OrigDate = utilities.is_set (OrigDate) and wrap_msg ('origdate', OrigDate) or '';
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
if utilities.is_set (Authors) or utilities.is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
Date = " (" .. Date .. ")" .. OrigDate .. sepc .. " "; -- in parentheses
else -- neither of authors and editors set
if (string.sub(tcommon, -1, -1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date does not begin with sepc
else
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigDate; -- Date begins with sepc
end
end
end
if utilities.is_set (Authors) then
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if utilities.is_set (Editors) then
local in_text = '';
local post_text = '';
if utilities.is_set (Chapter) and 0 == #c then
in_text = cfg.messages['in'] .. ' ';
if (sepc ~= '.') then
in_text = in_text:lower(); -- lowercase for cs2
end
end
if EditorCount <= 1 then
post_text = ' (' .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ')'; -- be consistent with no-author, no-date case
else
post_text = ' (' .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ')';
end
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if utilities.is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc.
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
if utilities.is_set (Editors) and utilities.is_set (Date) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if (not utilities.is_set (Date)) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
end
elseif utilities.is_set (Editors) then
if utilities.is_set (Date) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
Editors = Editors .. cfg.presentation['sep_name'] .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
else
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
end
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
else
if utilities.in_array (config.CitationClass, {"journal", "citation"}) and utilities.is_set (Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
end
 
if utilities.is_set (PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc ); -- Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
if '.' == sepc then -- remove final seperator if present
text = text:gsub ('%' .. sepc .. '$', ''); -- dot must be escaped here
else
text = mw.ustring.gsub (text, sepc .. '$', ''); -- using ustring for non-dot sepc (likely a non-Latin character)
end
end
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
 
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite> element
local options_t = {};
options_t.class = cite_class_attribute_make (config.CitationClass, Mode);
 
local Ref = is_valid_parameter_value (A['Ref'], A:ORIGIN('Ref'), cfg.keywords_lists['ref'], nil, true); -- nil when |ref=harv; A['Ref'] else
 
if 'none' ~= cfg.keywords_xlate[(Ref and Ref:lower()) or ''] then
local namelist_t = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
 
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
namelist_t = c; -- select it
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
namelist_t = a;
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
namelist_t = e;
end
local citeref_id;
if #namelist_t > 0 then -- if there are names in namelist_t
citeref_id = make_citeref_id (namelist_t, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
if mw.uri.anchorEncode (citeref_id) == ((Ref and mw.uri.anchorEncode (Ref)) or '') then -- Ref may already be encoded (by {{sfnref}}) so citeref_id must be encoded before comparison
utilities.set_message ('maint_ref_duplicates_default');
end
else
citeref_id = ''; -- unset
end
options_t.id = Ref or citeref_id;
end
 
if string.len (text:gsub('%b<>', '')) <= 2 then -- remove html and html-like tags; then get length of what remains;
z.error_cats_t = {}; -- blank the categories list
z.error_msgs_t = {}; -- blank the error messages list
OCinSoutput = nil; -- blank the metadata string
text = ''; -- blank the the citation
utilities.set_message ('err_empty_citation'); -- set empty citation message and category
end
local render_t = {}; -- here we collect the final bits for concatenation into the rendered citation
 
if utilities.is_set (options_t.id) then -- here we wrap the rendered citation in <cite ...>...</cite> tags
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite-id'], {mw.uri.anchorEncode(options_t.id), mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref= is set or when there is a namelist
else
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['cite'], {mw.text.nowiki(options_t.class), text})); -- when |ref=none or when namelist_t empty and |ref= is missing or is empty
end
 
if OCinSoutput then -- blanked when citation is 'empty' so don't bother to add boilerplate metadata span
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['ocins'], OCinSoutput)); -- format and append metadata to the citation
end
 
local template_name = ('citation' == config.CitationClass) and 'citation' or 'cite ' .. (cfg.citation_class_map_t[config.CitationClass] or config.CitationClass);
local template_link = '[[Template:' .. template_name .. '|' .. template_name .. ']]';
local msg_prefix = '<code class="cs1-code">{{' .. template_link .. '}}</code>: ';
 
if 0 ~= #z.error_msgs_t then
mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_e, template_link));
 
table.insert (render_t, ' '); -- insert a space between citation and its error messages
table.sort (z.error_msgs_t); -- sort the error messages list; sorting includes wrapping <span> and <code> tags; hidden-error sorts ahead of visible-error
 
local hidden = true; -- presume that the only error messages emited by this template are hidden
for _, v in ipairs (z.error_msgs_t) do -- spin through the list of error messages
if v:find ('cs1-visible-error', 1, true) then -- look for the visible error class name
hidden = false; -- found one; so don't hide the error message prefix
break; -- and done because no need to look further
end
end
 
z.error_msgs_t[1] = table.concat ({utilities.error_comment (msg_prefix, hidden), z.error_msgs_t[1]}); -- add error message prefix to first error message to prevent extraneous punctuation
table.insert (render_t, table.concat (z.error_msgs_t, '; ')); -- make a big string of error messages and add it to the rendering
end
 
if 0 ~= #z.maint_cats_t then
mw.addWarning (utilities.substitute (cfg.messages.warning_msg_m, template_link));
 
table.sort (z.maint_cats_t); -- sort the maintenance messages list
 
local maint_msgs_t = {}; -- here we collect all of the maint messages
 
if 0 == #z.error_msgs_t then -- if no error messages
table.insert (maint_msgs_t, msg_prefix); -- insert message prefix in maint message livery
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.maint_cats_t ) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert (maint_msgs_t, -- assemble new maint message and add it to the maint_msgs_t table
table.concat ({v, ' (', utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[':cat wikilink'], v), ')'})
);
end
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.presentation['hidden-maint'], table.concat (maint_msgs_t, ' '))); -- wrap the group of maint messages with proper presentation and save
end
 
if not no_tracking_cats then
local sort_key;
local cat_wikilink = 'cat wikilink';
if cfg.enable_sort_keys then -- when namespace sort keys enabled
local namespace_number = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace; -- get namespace number for this wikitext
sort_key = (0 ~= namespace_number and (cfg.name_space_sort_keys[namespace_number] or cfg.name_space_sort_keys.other)) or nil; -- get sort key character; nil for mainspace
cat_wikilink = (not sort_key and 'cat wikilink') or 'cat wikilink sk'; -- make <cfg.messages> key
end
 
for _, v in ipairs (z.error_cats_t) do -- append error categories
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key}));
end
for _, v in ipairs (z.maint_cats_t) do -- append maintenance categories
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages[cat_wikilink], {v, sort_key}));
end
 
for _, v in ipairs (z.prop_cats_t) do -- append properties categories
table.insert (render_t, utilities.substitute (cfg.messages['cat wikilink'], v)); -- no sort keys
end
end
 
return table.concat (render_t); -- make a big string and done
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
 
Looks for a parameter's name in one of several whitelists.
 
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
true - active, supported parameters
false - deprecated, supported parameters
nil - unsupported parameters
]]
 
local function validate (name, cite_class, empty)
local name = tostring (name);
local enum_name; -- parameter name with enumerator (if any) replaced with '#'
local state;
local function state_test (state, name) -- local function to do testing of state values
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
if empty then return nil; end -- empty deprecated parameters are treated as unknowns
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
if 'tracked' == state then
local base_name = name:gsub ('%d', ''); -- strip enumerators from parameter names that have them to get the base name
utilities.add_prop_cat ('tracked-param', {base_name}, base_name); -- add a properties category; <base_name> modifies <key>
return true;
end
return nil;
end
 
if name:find ('#') then -- # is a cs1|2 reserved character so parameters with # not permitted
return nil;
end
-- replace enumerator digit(s) with # (|last25= becomes |last#=) (mw.ustring because non-Western 'local' digits)
enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub (name, '%d+$', '#'); -- where enumerator is last charaters in parameter name (these to protect |s2cid=)
enum_name = mw.ustring.gsub (enum_name, '%d+([%-l])', '#%1'); -- where enumerator is in the middle of the parameter name; |author#link= is the oddity
 
if 'document' == cite_class then -- special case for {{cite document}}
state = whitelist.document_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
return false;
end
 
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.preprint_template_list_t) then -- limited parameter sets allowed for these templates
state = whitelist.limited_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
state = whitelist.preprint_arguments_t[cite_class][name]; -- look in the parameter-list for the template identified by cite_class
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end -- end limited parameter-set templates
 
if utilities.in_array (cite_class, whitelist.unique_param_template_list_t) then -- template-specific parameters for templates that accept parameters from the basic argument list
state = whitelist.unique_arguments_t[cite_class][name]; -- look in the template-specific parameter-lists for the template identified by cite_class
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
end -- if here, fall into general validation
 
state = whitelist.common_parameters_t[enum_name]; -- all other templates; all normal parameters allowed; this list holds enumerated and nonenumerated parameters
if true == state_test (state, name) then return true; end
 
return false; -- not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end
 
 
--[=[-------------------------< I N T E R _ W I K I _ C H E C K >----------------------------------------------
 
check <value> for inter-language interwiki-link markup.  <prefix> must be a MediaWiki-recognized language
code.  when these values have the form (without leading colon):
[[<prefix>:link|label]] return label as plain-text
[[<prefix>:link]] return <prefix>:link as plain-text
 
return value as is else
 
]=]
 
local function inter_wiki_check (parameter, value)
local prefix = value:match ('%[%[(%a+):'); -- get an interwiki prefix if one exists
local _;
if prefix and cfg.inter_wiki_map[prefix:lower()] then -- if prefix is in the map, needs preceding colon so
utilities.set_message ('err_bad_paramlink', parameter); -- emit an error message
_, value, _ = utilities.is_wikilink (value); -- extract label portion from wikilink
end
return value;
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< M I S S I N G _ P I P E _ C H E C K >------------------------------------------
 
Look at the contents of a parameter. If the content has a string of characters and digits followed by an equal
sign, compare the alphanumeric string to the list of cs1|2 parameters.  If found, then the string is possibly a
parameter that is missing its pipe.  There are two tests made:
{{cite ... |title=Title access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has a value and whitespace separates that value from the missing pipe parameter name
{{cite ... |title=access-date=2016-03-17}} -- the first parameter has no value (whitespace after the first = is trimmed by MediaWiki)
cs1|2 shares some parameter names with XML/HTML attributes: class=, title=, etc.  To prevent false positives XML/HTML
tags are removed before the search.
 
If a missing pipe is detected, this function adds the missing pipe maintenance category.
 
]]
 
local function missing_pipe_check (parameter, value)
local capture;
value = value:gsub ('%b<>', ''); -- remove XML/HTML tags because attributes: class=, title=, etc.
 
capture = value:match ('%s+(%a[%w%-]+)%s*=') or value:match ('^(%a[%w%-]+)%s*='); -- find and categorize parameters with possible missing pipes
if capture and validate (capture) then -- if the capture is a valid parameter name
utilities.set_message ('err_missing_pipe', parameter);
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ P U N C T >--------------------------------------
 
look for extraneous terminal punctuation in most parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked
 
]]
 
local function has_extraneous_punc (param, value)
if 'number' == type (param) then
return;
end
param = param:gsub ('%d+', '#'); -- enumerated name-list mask params allow terminal punct; normalize
if cfg.punct_skip[param] then
return; -- parameter name found in the skip table so done
end
if value:match ('[,;:]$') then
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
end
if value:match ('^=') then -- sometimes an extraneous '=' character appears ...
utilities.set_message ('maint_extra_punct'); -- has extraneous punctuation; add maint cat
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ E X T R A N E O U S _ U R L >------------------------------------------
 
look for extraneous url parameter values; parameters listed in skip table are not checked
 
]]
 
local function has_extraneous_url (url_param_t)
local url_error_t = {};
check_for_url (url_param_t, url_error_t); -- extraneous url check
if 0 ~= #url_error_t then -- non-zero when there are errors
table.sort (url_error_t);
utilities.set_message ('err_param_has_ext_link', {utilities.make_sep_list (#url_error_t, url_error_t)}); -- add this error message
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N >--------------------------------------------------------------
 
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
 
]]
 
local function citation(frame)
Frame = frame; -- save a copy in case we need to display an error message in preview mode
 
local config = {}; -- table to store parameters from the module {{#invoke:}}
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do -- get parameters from the {{#invoke}} frame
config[k] = v;
-- args[k] = v; -- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}}; skips parameter validation; TODO: keep?
end
-- i18n: set the name that your wiki uses to identify sandbox subpages from sandbox template invoke (or can be set here)
local sandbox = ((config.SandboxPath and '' ~= config.SandboxPath) and config.SandboxPath) or '/sandbox'; -- sandbox path from {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|citation|SandboxPath=/...}}
is_sandbox = nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), sandbox, 1, true); -- is this invoke the sandbox module?
sandbox = is_sandbox and sandbox or ''; -- use i18n sandbox to load sandbox modules when this module is the sandox; live modules else
 
local pframe = frame:getParent()
local styles;
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration' .. sandbox); -- load sandbox versions of support modules when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live modules else
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist' .. sandbox);
utilities = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities' .. sandbox);
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation' .. sandbox);
identifiers = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers' .. sandbox);
metadata = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/COinS' .. sandbox);
styles = 'Module:Citation/CS1' .. sandbox .. '/styles.css';
 
utilities.set_selected_modules (cfg); -- so that functions in Utilities can see the selected cfg tables
identifiers.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Identifiers can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
validation.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in Date validataion can see selected cfg tables and the selected Utilities module
metadata.set_selected_modules (cfg, utilities); -- so that functions in COinS can see the selected cfg tables and selected Utilities module
 
z = utilities.z; -- table of error and category tables in Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities
 
is_preview_mode = not utilities.is_set (frame:preprocess ('{{REVISIONID}}'));
 
local args = {}; -- table where we store all of the template's arguments
local suggestions = {}; -- table where we store suggestions if we need to loadData them
local error_text; -- used as a flag
 
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
local empty_unknowns = {}; -- sequence table to hold empty unknown params for error message listing
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do -- get parameters from the parent (template) frame
v = mw.ustring.gsub (v, '^%s*(.-)%s*$', '%1'); -- trim leading/trailing whitespace; when v is only whitespace, becomes empty string
if v ~= '' then
if ('string' == type (k)) then
k = mw.ustring.gsub (k, '%d', cfg.date_names.local_digits); -- for enumerated parameters, translate 'local' digits to Western 0-9
end
if not validate( k, config.CitationClass ) then
if type (k) ~= 'string' then -- exclude empty numbered parameters
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_text_ignored', {v});
end
elseif validate (k:lower(), config.CitationClass) then
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}); -- suggest the lowercase version of the parameter
else
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
suggestions = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' .. sandbox); --load sandbox version of suggestion module when {{#invoke:Citation/CS1/sandbox|...}}; live module else
end
end
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no capture in pattern else the capture if a match
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
if capture then -- if the pattern matches  
if capture then -- if the pattern matches  
param = utilities.substitute (param, capture); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
param = substitute( param, capture ); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
if validate (param, config.CitationClass) then -- validate the suggestion to make sure that the suggestion is supported by this template (necessary for limited parameter lists)
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true ); -- set the error message
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}); -- set the suggestion error message
else
error_text = utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k}); -- suggested param not supported by this template
v = ''; -- unset
end
end
end
end
end
if not utilities.is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an explicit suggestion?
if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
if (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil) and validate (suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ], config.CitationClass) then
if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]});
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
else
else
utilities.set_message ('err_parameter_ignored', {k});
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
v = ''; -- unset value assigned to unrecognized parameters (this for the limited parameter lists)
end
end
end
end
-- if #suggestions == 0 then
-- suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' );
-- end
-- if suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
-- error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
-- else
-- error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
-- end
end    
end    
if error_text ~= '' then
table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
end
end
end
 
args[k] = v;
args[k] = v; -- save this parameter and its value
elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
 
args[k] = v;
elseif not utilities.is_set (v) then -- for empty parameters
end
if not validate (k, config.CitationClass, true) then -- is this empty parameter a valid parameter
k = ('' == k) and '(empty string)' or k; -- when k is empty string (or was space(s) trimmed to empty string), replace with descriptive text
table.insert (empty_unknowns, utilities.wrap_style ('parameter', k)); -- format for error message and add to the list
end
-- crude debug support that allows us to render a citation from module {{#invoke:}} TODO: keep?
-- elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then -- when args[k] has a value from {{#invoke}} frame (we don't normally do that)
-- args[k] = v; -- overwrite args[k] with empty string from pframe.args[k] (template frame); v is empty string here
end -- not sure about the postscript bit; that gets handled in parameter validation; historical artifact?
end
end
 
if 0 ~= #empty_unknowns then -- create empty unknown error message
return citation0( config, args)
utilities.set_message ('err_param_unknown_empty', {
1 == #empty_unknowns and '' or 's',
utilities.make_sep_list (#empty_unknowns, empty_unknowns)
});
end
 
local url_param_t = {};
 
for k, v in pairs( args ) do
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
has_invisible_chars (k, v); -- look for invisible characters
end
has_extraneous_punc (k, v); -- look for extraneous terminal punctuation in parameter values
missing_pipe_check (k, v); -- do we think that there is a parameter that is missing a pipe?
args[k] = inter_wiki_check (k, v); -- when language interwiki-linked parameter missing leading colon replace with wiki-link label
 
if 'string' == type (k) and not cfg.url_skip[k] then -- when parameter k is not positional and not in url skip table
url_param_t[k] = v; -- make a parameter/value list for extraneous url check
end
end
 
has_extraneous_url (url_param_t); -- look for url in parameter values where a url does not belong
 
return table.concat ({
frame:extensionTag ('templatestyles', '', {src=styles}),
citation0( config, args)
});
end
end


 
return z
--[[--------------------------< E X P O R T E D  F U N C T I O N S >------------------------------------------
]]
 
return {citation = citation};

Revision as of 15:23, 3 May 2024

Documentation for this module may be created at Module:Citation/CS1/doc 

local z = {
	error_categories = {};		-- for categorizing citations that contain errors
	error_ids = {};
	message_tail = {};
	maintenance_cats = {};		-- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work
	properties_cats = {};		-- for categorizing citations based on certain properties, language of source for instance
}

--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D   D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
]]
local dates, year_date_check	-- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation

local cfg = {};					-- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {};			-- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist

--[[--------------------------< I S _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------------

Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string.
This function is global because it is called from both this module and from Date validation
]]
function is_set( var )
	return not (var == nil or var == '');
end

--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------

First set variable or nil if none
]]
local function first_set(...)
	local list = {...};
	for _, var in pairs(list) do
		if is_set( var ) then
			return var;
		end
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< I N _ A R R A Y >--------------------------------------------------------------

Whether needle is in haystack
]]
local function in_array( needle, haystack )
	if needle == nil then
		return false;
	end
	for n,v in ipairs( haystack ) do
		if v == needle then
			return n;
		end
	end
	return false;
end

--[[--------------------------< S U B S T I T U T E >----------------------------------------------------------

Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table.
]]
local function substitute( msg, args )
	return args and mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ):plain() or msg;
end

--[[--------------------------< E R R O R _ C O M M E N T >----------------------------------------------------

Wraps error messages with css markup according to the state of hidden.
]]
local function error_comment( content, hidden )
	return substitute( hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content );
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ E R R O R >--------------------------------------------------------------

Sets an error condition and returns the appropriate error message.  The actual placement of the error message in the output is
the responsibility of the calling function.
]]
local function set_error( error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix )
	local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[ error_id ];
	
	prefix = prefix or "";
	suffix = suffix or "";
	
	if error_state == nil then
		error( cfg.messages['undefined_error'] );
	elseif is_set( error_state.category ) then
		table.insert( z.error_categories, error_state.category );
	end
	
	local message = substitute( error_state.message, arguments );
	
	message = message .. " ([[" .. cfg.messages['help page link'] .. 
		"#" .. error_state.anchor .. "|" ..
		cfg.messages['help page label'] .. "]])";
	
	z.error_ids[ error_id ] = true;
	if in_array( error_id, { 'bare_url_missing_title', 'trans_missing_title' } )
			and z.error_ids['citation_missing_title'] then
		return '', false;
	end
	
	message = table.concat({ prefix, message, suffix });
	
	if raw == true then
		return message, error_state.hidden;
	end		
		
	return error_comment( message, error_state.hidden );
end

--[[--------------------------< A D D _ M A I N T _ C A T >------------------------------------------------------

Adds a category to z.maintenance_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
To prevent duplication, the added_maint_cats table lists the categories by key that have been added to z.maintenance_cats.
]]
local added_maint_cats = {}														-- list of maintenance categories that have been added to z.maintenance_cats
local function add_maint_cat (key, arguments)
	if not added_maint_cats [key] then
		added_maint_cats [key] = true;											-- note that we've added this category
		table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, substitute (cfg.maint_cats [key], arguments));	-- make name then add to table
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------

Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
]]
local added_prop_cats = {}														-- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
	if not added_prop_cats [key] then
		added_prop_cats [key] = true;											-- note that we've added this category
		table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments));		-- make name then add to table
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------

Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
]]
local added_vanc_errs;															-- flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
local function add_vanc_error ()
	if not added_vanc_errs then
		added_vanc_errs = true;													-- note that we've added this category
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {}, true ) } );
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether a URL string is valid.

At present the only check is whether the string appears to be prefixed with a URI scheme.  It is not determined whether 
the URI scheme is valid or whether the URL is otherwise well formed.

The scheme is checked http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
	Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
   letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
   ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").

First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then test for the case where the url is
protocol relative (//example.com).  If the first two characters of the |url= value are //, return true.  Last
look for what appears to be a scheme according to the definition above.  If the characters preceding the colon
are in the allowed set, return true, else false
]]
local function check_url( url_str )
	if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then										-- if there are any spaces in |url=value
		return false;
	end
	return url_str:sub(1,2) == "//" or nil ~= url_str:match ("^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:")		-- protocol relative or scheme part composed of legitimate characters
end

--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ I T A L I C S >----------------------------------------------

Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... ''

Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that
they will be inverted (i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references.  In addition, <i> and '' tend to interact
poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy.
]]
local function safe_for_italics( str )
	if not is_set(str) then
		return str;
	else
		if str:sub(1,1) == "'" then str = "<bdi></bdi>" .. str; end
		if str:sub(-1,-1) == "'" then str = str .. "<bdi></bdi>"; end
		
		-- Remove newlines as they break italics.
		return str:gsub( '\n', ' ' );
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------

Escape sequences for content that will be used for description in "[URL content]" links.
]]
local function safe_for_url( str )
	if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then 
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
	end
	
	return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {	
		['['] = '&#91;',
		[']'] = '&#93;',
		['\n'] = ' ' } );
end

--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------------

Applies styling to various parameters.  Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one
argument; protects italic styled parameters.  Additional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason
this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg().
]]
local function wrap_style (key, str)
	if not is_set( str ) then
		return "";
	elseif in_array( key, { 'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title' } ) then
		str = safe_for_italics( str );
	end

	return substitute( cfg.presentation[key], {str} );
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------

Format an external link with error checking
]]
local function external_link( URL, label, source )
	local error_str = "";
	if not is_set( label ) then
		label = URL;
		if is_set( source ) then
			error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
		else
			error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
		end			
	end
	if not check_url( URL ) then
		error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
	end
	return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]", error_str });
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >----------------------------------------------

Formats a wiki style external link
]]
local function external_link_id(options)
	local url_string = options.id;
	if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
		url_string = mw.uri.encode( url_string );
	end
	return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[%s%s%s %s]',
		options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
		options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "",
		mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
	);
end

--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------

Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  The function includes the
offending parameter name to the error message.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
parameters in the citation.
]]
local page_in_deprecated_cat;													-- sticky flag so that the category is added only once
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
	if not page_in_deprecated_cat then
		page_in_deprecated_cat = true;											-- note that we've added this category
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } );		-- add error message
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------

Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
	"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
	" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.

Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.
]]
local function kern_quotes (str)
	local cap='';
	local cap2='';
	
	cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)");								-- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes
	if is_set (cap) then
		str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
	end

	cap, cap2 = str:match ("^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$")
	if is_set (cap) then
		str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
	end
	return str;
end

--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------

|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.

Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.

|script-title= provides a unique feature.  The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
	|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
	|script-title=ja : *** ***
	|script-title=ja: *** ***
	|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***

The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.

Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter=

TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
TODO: match longer codes supported by mw.language:
  ISO639-2 primary language such as 'bod', 'lzh', 'nan', 'nap', 'nds', 'vec' , 'yue',
  or with ISO 15924 script suffix such as 'zh-hans', 'zh-hant',
  or with ISO3166-1 or UN M.49 region code such as 'es-409', 'nds-nl', 'pt-br', 'zh-cn', 'zh-sg', 'zh-tw', 
  or with wikimedia-specific non-standard extlang such as 'map-bms', 'min-nan', 'roa-rup',
  or with wikimedia-specific non-standard dialectal variant suffix such as 'de-formal', 'nl-informal',
  or other legacy wikimedia-specific non-standard codes such as 'simple', 'sr-ec', 'sr-el'.
]]
local function format_script_value (script_value)
	local lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S');	-- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
	if not is_set(lang) then									-- if first non-space characters are language prefix
		return script_value;								-- script_value has no prefix so return it
	end
	local name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" );	-- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
	if not is_set (name) then										-- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
		return script_value;										-- script_value has unsupported prefix  so return it
	end
	script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', '');	-- strip prefix from script
	if in_array (lang, { -- is prefix one of these language codes?
			'ab', 'am', 'ar', 'as', 'bg', 'bn', 'bs', 'dv', 'el', 'fa', 'gu', 'he', 'hi', 'hy', 'ja',
			'ka', 'kk', 'kn', 'ko', 'ku', 'lo', 'mk', 'ml', 'mn', 'mr', 'my', 'ne', 'or', 'pa', 'ps',
			'ru', 'sa', 'sd', 'sr', 'ta', 'te', 'th', 'ti', 'uk', 'ug', 'ur', 'yi', 'zh'
	}) then
		add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang});
	else
		add_prop_cat ('script');
	end
	lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert language prefix into a lang attribute
	return substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value});	-- isolate in case script is rtl
end

--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------

Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been 
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
]]

local function script_concatenate (title, script)
	if is_set (script) then
		script = format_script_value (script);									-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
		if is_set (script) then
			title = title .. ' ' .. script;										-- concatenate title and script title
		end
	end
	return title;
end


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------

Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().

]]

local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
	if not is_set( str ) then
		return "";
	end
	if true == lower then
		local msg;
		msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower();										-- set the message to lower case before 
		str = substitute( msg, {str} );											-- including template text
		return str;
	else
		return substitute( cfg.messages[key], {str} );
	end		
end

--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ O N E >----------------------------------------------------------

Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider
Generates an error if more than one match is present.

]]

local function select_one( args, possible, error_condition, index )
	local value = nil;
	local selected = '';
	local error_list = {};
	
	if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end
	
	-- Handle special case of "#" replaced by empty string
	if index == '1' then
		for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
			v = v:gsub( "#", "" );
			if is_set(args[v]) then
				if value ~= nil and selected ~= v then
					table.insert( error_list, v );
				else
					value = args[v];
					selected = v;
				end
			end
		end		
	end
	
	for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
		if index ~= nil then
			v = v:gsub( "#", index );
		end
		if is_set(args[v]) then
			if value ~= nil and selected ~=  v then
				table.insert( error_list, v );
			else
				value = args[v];
				selected = v;
			end
		end
	end
	
	if #error_list > 0 then
		local error_str = "";
		for _, k in ipairs( error_list ) do
			if error_str ~= "" then error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-separator'] end
			error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', k);
		end
		if #error_list > 1 then
			error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator'];
		else
			error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator'];
		end
		error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', selected);
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( error_condition, {error_str}, true ) } );
	end
	
	return value, selected;
end

--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------

Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).

]]

local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source)
	local chapter_error = '';
	
	if not is_set (chapter) then
		chapter = '';															-- to be safe for concatenation
	else
		chapter = kern_quotes (chapter);										-- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
		chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
	end

	chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter)						-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped

	if is_set (transchapter) then
		transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
		if is_set (chapter) then
			chapter = chapter ..  ' ' .. transchapter;
		else																	-- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
			chapter = transchapter;												-- 
			chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
		end
	end

	if is_set (chapterurl) then
		chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source);		-- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
	end

	return chapter .. chapter_error;
end


--[[
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument 
mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names
can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
]]

local function argument_wrapper( args )
	local origin = {};
	
	return setmetatable({
		ORIGIN = function( self, k )
			local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
			return origin[k];
		end
	},
	{
		__index = function ( tbl, k )
			if origin[k] ~= nil then
				return nil;
			end
			
			local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
			
			if type( list ) == 'table' then
				v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
				if origin[k] == nil then
					origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
				end
			elseif list ~= nil then
				v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
			else
				-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
				-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
				error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
			end
			
			-- Empty strings, not nil;
			if v == nil then
				v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
				origin[k] = '';
			end
			
			tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
			return v;
		end,
	});
end

--[[
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.

Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
	true - active, supported parameters
	false - deprecated, supported parameters
	nil - unsupported parameters
]]

local function validate( name )
	local name = tostring( name );
	local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];
	
	-- Normal arguments
	if true == state then return true; end		-- valid actively supported parameter
	if false == state then
		deprecated_parameter (name);				-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
		return true;
	end
	
	-- Arguments with numbers in them
	name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" );				-- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
	state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
	if true == state then return true; end		-- valid actively supported parameter
	if false == state then
		deprecated_parameter (name);				-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
		return true;
	end
	
	return false;								-- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end


-- Formats a wiki style internal link
local function internal_link_id(options)
	return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[[%s%s%s|%s]]',
		options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
		options.prefix, options.id, options.suffix or "",
		mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
	);
end


--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------

When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY

DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.

]]

local function nowrap_date (date)
	local cap='';
	local cap2='';

	if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
		date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
	
	elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s*%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s*%d%d%d%d$") then
		cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
		date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
	end
	
	return date;
end

--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N >-----------------------------------------------------

ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all isbn/issn digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in check_isbn().
If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, issbn/issn must be checked for length and stripped of dashes,
spaces and other non-isxn characters.

]]

local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)
	local temp = 0;
	isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) };	-- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9'  → 0x39, 'X' → 0x58
	len = len+1;							-- adjust to be a loop counter
	for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do		-- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum
		if v == string.byte( "X" ) then		-- if checkdigit is X (compares the byte value of 'X' which is 0x58)
			temp = temp + 10*( len - i );	-- it represents 10 decimal
		else
			temp = temp + tonumber( string.char(v) )*(len-i);
		end
	end
	return temp % 11 == 0;					-- returns true if calculation result is zero
end


--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N  _ 1 3 >----------------------------------------------

ISBN-13 and ISMN validator code calculates checksum across all 13 isbn/ismn digits including the check digit.
If the number is valid, the result will be 0. Before calling this function, isbn-13/ismn must be checked for length
and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-isxn-13 characters.

]]

local function is_valid_isxn_13 (isxn_str)
	local temp=0;
	
	isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, 13) };										-- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9'  → 0x39
	for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do
		temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber( string.char(v) );				-- multiply odd index digits by 1, even index digits by 3 and sum; includes check digit
	end
	return temp % 10 == 0;														-- sum modulo 10 is zero when isbn-13/ismn is correct
end

--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S B N >------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether an ISBN string is valid

]]

local function check_isbn( isbn_str )
	if nil ~= isbn_str:match("[^%s-0-9X]") then return false; end		-- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
	isbn_str = isbn_str:gsub( "-", "" ):gsub( " ", "" );	-- remove hyphens and spaces
	local len = isbn_str:len();
 
	if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then
		return false;
	end

	if len == 10 then
		if isbn_str:match( "^%d*X?$" ) == nil then return false; end
		return is_valid_isxn(isbn_str, 10);
	else
		local temp = 0;
		if isbn_str:match( "^97[89]%d*$" ) == nil then return false; end		-- isbn13 begins with 978 or 979; ismn begins with 979
		return is_valid_isxn_13 (isbn_str);
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S M N >------------------------------------------------------------

Determines whether an ISMN string is valid.  Similar to isbn-13, ismn is 13 digits begining 979-0-... and uses the
same check digit calculations.  See http://www.ismn-international.org/download/Web_ISMN_Users_Manual_2008-6.pdf
section 2, pages 9–12.

]]

local function ismn (id)
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISMN'];
	local text;
	local valid_ismn = true;

	id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" );													-- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the ismn

	if 13 ~= id:len() or id:match( "^9790%d*$" ) == nil then					-- ismn must be 13 digits and begin 9790
		valid_ismn = false;
	else
		valid_ismn=is_valid_isxn_13 (id);										-- validate ismn
	end

--	text = internal_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,		-- use this (or external version) when there is some place to link to
--		prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
 
	text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]" .. handler.separator .. id;		-- because no place to link to yet

	if false == valid_ismn then
		text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ismn' )							-- add an error message if the issn is invalid
	end 
	
	return text;
end

--[[--------------------------< I S S N >----------------------------------------------------------------------

Validate and format an issn.  This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four
digits with a space.  When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this:

	|issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327]  -- can't have spaces in an external link
	
This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpoint.  It also validates the issn for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees
with the calculated value.  Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn
error message.  The issn is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the issn was given as a single group of 8 digits.

]]

local function issn(id)
	local issn_copy = id;		-- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISSN'];
	local text;
	local valid_issn = true;

	id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" );									-- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the issn

	if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( "^%d*X?$" ) then		-- validate the issn: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position
		valid_issn=false;										-- wrong length or improper character
	else
		valid_issn=is_valid_isxn(id, 8);						-- validate issn
	end

	if true == valid_issn then
		id = string.sub( id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub( id, 5 );	-- if valid, display correctly formatted version
	else
		id = issn_copy;											-- if not valid, use the show the invalid issn with error message
	end
	
	text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
		prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
 
	if false == valid_issn then
		text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_issn' )			-- add an error message if the issn is invalid
	end 
	
	return text
end

--[[--------------------------< A M A Z O N >------------------------------------------------------------------

Formats a link to Amazon.  Do simple error checking: asin must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha
characters.  If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, asins must be 10-digit
isbn. If 10-digit isbn, add a maintenance category so a bot or awb script can replace |asin= with |isbn=.
Error message if not 10 characters, if not isbn10, if mixed and first character is a digit.

]]

local function amazon(id, domain)
	local err_cat = ""

	if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then
		err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin');								-- asin is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters
	else
		if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$") then								-- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X)
			if check_isbn( id ) then												-- see if asin value is isbn10
				add_maint_cat ('ASIN');
			elseif not is_set (err_cat) then
				err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin');						-- asin is not isbn10
			end
		elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then
			err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin');							-- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha
		end
	end
	if not is_set(domain) then 
		domain = "com";
	elseif in_array (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then			-- Japan, United Kingdom
		domain = "co." .. domain;
	elseif in_array (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx'}) then	-- Australia, Brazil, Mexico
		domain = "com." .. domain;
	end
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ASIN'];
	return external_link_id({link=handler.link,
		label=handler.label, prefix=handler.prefix .. domain .. "/dp/",
		id=id, encode=handler.encode, separator = handler.separator}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[--------------------------< A R X I V >--------------------------------------------------------------------

See: http://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier

format and error check arXiv identifier.  There are three valid forms of the identifier:
the first form, valid only between date codes 9108 and 0703 is:
	arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version>
where:
	<archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
	<class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
	<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
		first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0
	<number> is a three-digit number
	<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented)
	
the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is:
	arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
	<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
	<number> is a four-digit number
	<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces

the third form, valid from January 2015 is:
	arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
	<date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412
	<number> is a five-digit number
]]

local function arxiv (id, class)
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ARXIV'];
	local year, month, version;
	local err_cat = '';
	local text;
	
	if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then	-- test for the 9108-0703 format w/ & w/o version
		year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
		year = tonumber(year);
		month = tonumber(month);
		if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or		-- if invalid year or invalid month
			((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then		-- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok?
				err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' );						-- set error message
		end
	elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then	-- test for the 0704-1412 w/ & w/o version
		year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
		year = tonumber(year);
		month = tonumber(month);
		if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or			-- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
			((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then --or									-- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)?
				err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' );						-- set error message
		end
	elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then	-- test for the 1501- format w/ & w/o version
		year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
		year = tonumber(year);
		month = tonumber(month);
		if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then						-- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' );							-- set error message
		end
	else
		err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' );								-- arXiv id doesn't match any format
	end

	text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;

	if is_set (class) then
		class = ' [[' .. '//arxiv.org/archive/' .. class .. ' ' .. class .. ']]';	-- external link within square brackets, not wikilink
	else
		class = '';																-- empty string for concatenation
	end
	
	return text .. class;
end

--[[
lccn normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)
1. Remove all blanks.
2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.
3. If there is a hyphen in the string:
	a. Remove it.
	b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):
		1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)
		2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.

Returns a normalized lccn for lccn() to validate.  There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.
]]

local function normalize_lccn (lccn)
	lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", "");									-- 1. strip whitespace

	if nil ~= string.find (lccn,'/') then
		lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/");								-- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it
	end

	local prefix
	local suffix
	prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)");						-- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix

	if nil ~= suffix then											-- if there was a hyphen
		suffix=string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix;	-- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6
		lccn=prefix..suffix;										-- reassemble the lccn
	end
	
	return lccn;
	end

--[[
Format LCCN link and do simple error checking.  LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the
rightmost eight are always digits. http://info-uri.info/registry/OAIHandler?verb=GetRecord&metadataPrefix=reg&identifier=info:lccn/

length = 8 then all digits
length = 9 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha
length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha

]]

local function lccn(lccn)
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['LCCN'];
	local err_cat =  '';								-- presume that LCCN is valid
	local id = lccn;									-- local copy of the lccn

	id = normalize_lccn (id);							-- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes)
	local len = id:len();								-- get the length of the lccn

	if 8 == len then
		if id:match("[^%d]") then						-- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );	-- set an error message
		end
	elseif 9 == len then								-- LCCN should be adddddddd
		if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then			-- does it match our pattern?
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );	-- set an error message
		end
	elseif 10 == len then								-- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd
		if id:match("[^%d]") then							-- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...
			if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then	-- ... see if it matches our pattern
				err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );	-- no match, set an error message
			end
		end
	elseif 11 == len then								-- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd
		if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then	-- see if it matches one of our patterns
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );	-- no match, set an error message
		end
	elseif 12 == len then								-- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
		if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then	-- see if it matches our pattern
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );	-- no match, set an error message
		end
	else
		err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );		-- wrong length, set an error message
	end

	if not is_set (err_cat) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then
		err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' );		-- lccn contains a space, set an error message
	end

	return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=lccn,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[
Format PMID and do simple error checking.  PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMID to see that it
contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.
]]

local function pmid(id)
	local test_limit = 35400000;						-- update this value as PMIDs approach
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMID'];
	local err_cat =  '';								-- presume that PMID is valid
	
	if id:match("[^%d]") then							-- if PMID has anything but digits
		err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' );		-- set an error message
	else												-- PMID is only digits
		local id_num = tonumber(id);					-- convert id to a number for range testing
		if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then		-- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' );	-- set an error message
		end
	end
	
	return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[--------------------------< I S _ E M B A R G O E D >------------------------------------------------------

Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |embargo= against today's date.  If embargo date is
in the future, returns the content of |embargo=; otherwise, returns and empty string because the embargo has expired or because
|embargo= was not set in this cite.

]]

local function is_embargoed (embargo)
	if is_set (embargo) then
		local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
		local good1, embargo_date, good2, todays_date;
		good1, embargo_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo );
		good2, todays_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U' );
	
		if good1 and good2 then													-- if embargo date and today's date are good dates
			if tonumber( embargo_date ) >= tonumber( todays_date ) then			-- is embargo date is in the future?
				return embargo;													-- still embargoed
			else
				add_maint_cat ('embargo')
				return '';														-- unset because embargo has expired
			end
		end
	end
	return '';																	-- |embargo= not set return empty string
end

--[[--------------------------< P M C >------------------------------------------------------------------------

Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.

The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future the PMC identifier will not
be linked to the article.  If the embargo date is today or in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then the
PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.

PMC embargo date testing is done in function is_embargoed () which is called earlier because when the citation
has |pmc=<value> but does not have a |url= then |title= is linked with the PMC link.  Function is_embargoed ()
returns the embargo date if the PMC article is still embargoed, otherwise it returns an empty string.

PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.

]]

local function pmc(id, embargo)
	local test_limit = 8700000;							-- update this value as PMCs approach
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'];
	local err_cat =  '';								-- presume that PMC is valid
	
	local text;

	if id:match("[^%d]") then							-- if PMC has anything but digits
		err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' );			-- set an error message
	else												-- PMC is only digits
		local id_num = tonumber(id);					-- convert id to a number for range testing
		if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then		-- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries
			err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' );		-- set an error message
		end
	end
	
	if is_set (embargo) then													-- is PMC is still embargoed?
		text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. handler.separator .. id .. err_cat;	-- still embargoed so no external link
	else
		text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,			-- no embargo date or embargo has expired, ok to link to article
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
	end
	return text;
end

-- Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors.

-- DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
--  Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code
--  Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant

-- This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix.  If the doi name contains spaces or endashes,
-- or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message.

-- DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash,
-- and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in doi names.

local function doi(id, inactive)
	local cat = ""
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'];
	
	local text;
	if is_set(inactive) then
		local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or '';		-- try to get the year portion from the inactive date
		text = "[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. id;
		if is_set(inactive_year) then
			table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with DOIs inactive since " .. inactive_year );
		else
			table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with inactive DOIs" );	-- when inactive doesn't contain a recognizable year
		end
		inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. " " .. inactive .. ")" 
	else 
		text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
		inactive = "" 
	end

	if nil == id:match("^10%.[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then	-- doi must begin with '10.', must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces or endashes, and must not end with period or comma
		cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_doi' );
	end
	return text .. inactive .. cat 
end

-- Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.
local function openlibrary(id)
	local code = id:match("^%d+([AMW])$");					-- only digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W'
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['OL'];

	if ( code == "A" ) then
		return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix .. 'authors/OL',
			id=id, separator=handler.separator,	encode = handler.encode})
	elseif ( code == "M" ) then
		return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix .. 'books/OL',
			id=id, separator=handler.separator,	encode = handler.encode})
	elseif ( code == "W" ) then
		return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix .. 'works/OL',
			id=id, separator=handler.separator,	encode = handler.encode})
	else
		return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix .. 'OL',
			id=id, separator=handler.separator,	encode = handler.encode}) .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ol' );
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E _ I D >----------------------------------------------------------

Validate and format a usenet message id.  Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in
'<' and/or '>' angle brackets.

]]

local function message_id (id)
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['USENETID'];

	text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
		prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
 
	if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$')then				-- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>'
		text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_message_id' )						-- add an error message if the message id is invalid
	end 
	
	return text
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------

This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).

]]

local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
	if is_set(title_type) then
		if "none" == title_type then
			title_type = "";													-- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
		end
		return title_type;														-- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
	end

	return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or '';									-- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
end

--[[--------------------------< C L E A N _ I S B N >----------------------------------------------------------

Removes irrelevant text and dashes from ISBN number
Similar to that used for Special:BookSources

]]

local function clean_isbn( isbn_str )
	return isbn_str:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" );
end

--[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >----------------------------------

Returns a string where all of lua's magic characters have been escaped.  This is important because functions like
string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings.
]]
local function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument)
	argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%");										-- replace % with %%
	argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1");				-- replace all other lua magic pattern characters
	return argument;
end

--[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >--------------------------------

Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata.
This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markup.  We presume that editors who have taken the time to
markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind.

]]

local function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument)
	if not is_set (argument) then return argument; end

	while true do
		if argument:match ("%'%'%'%'%'") then									-- bold italic (5)
			argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'%'", "");							-- remove all instances of it
		elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'%'") then									-- italic start and end without content (4)
			argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'", "");
		elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'") then									-- bold (3)
			argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'", "");
		elseif argument:match ("%'%'") then										-- italic (2)
			argument=argument:gsub("%'%'", "");
		else
			break;
		end
	end
	return argument;															-- done
end

--[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------

Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs)

Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't correupted with strings
of %27%27...
]]

local function make_coins_title (title, script)
	if is_set (title) then
		title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title);								-- strip any apostrophe markup
	else
		title='';																-- if not set, make sure title is an empty string
	end
	if is_set (script) then
		script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', '');								-- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string)
		script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script);								-- strip any apostrophe markup
	else
		script='';																-- if not set, make sure script is an empty string
	end
	if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then
		script = ' ' .. script;													-- add a space before we concatenate
	end
	return title .. script;														-- return the concatenation
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------

Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.

]]

local function get_coins_pages (pages)
	local pattern;
	if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end								-- if no page numbers then we're done
	
	while true do
		pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]");					-- pattern is the opening bracket, the url and following space(s): "[url "
		if nil == pattern then break; end										-- no more urls
		pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern);								-- pattern is not a literal string; escape lua's magic pattern characters
		pages = pages:gsub(pattern, "");										-- remove as many instances of pattern as possible
	end
	pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", "");											-- remove the brackets
	pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" );							-- replace endashes with hyphens
	pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" );						-- and replace html entities (&ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like?
	return pages;
end

-- Gets the display text for a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B
local function remove_wiki_link( str )
	return (str:gsub( "%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l)
		return l:gsub( "^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1");
	end));
end

-- Converts a hyphen to a dash
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
	if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
		return str;
	end	
	return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
end

--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------

Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.

]]

local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
	--[[
	Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
	
	This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as 
	long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII.  The strings
	in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
	]]
	
	local str = '';																-- the output string
	local comp = '';															-- what does 'comp' mean?
	local end_chr = '';
	local trim;
	for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
		if value == nil then value = ''; end
		
		if str == '' then														-- if output string is empty
			str = value;														-- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
		elseif value ~= '' then
			if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then										-- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
				comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" );								-- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
			else
				comp = value;
			end
																				-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
			if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then								-- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
																				--   Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th
																				--   preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
				trim = false;
				end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1);										-- get the last character of the output string
				-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")"					-- debug stuff?
				if end_chr == duplicate_char then								-- if same as separator
					str = str:sub(1,-2);										-- remove it
				elseif end_chr == "'" then										-- if it might be wikimarkup
					if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then			-- if last three chars of str are sepc'' 
						str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''";							-- remove them and add back ''
					elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then		-- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' 
						trim = true;											-- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
					elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then		-- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' 
						trim = true;											-- same question
					end
				elseif end_chr == "]" then										-- if it might be wikimarkup
					if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then			-- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink 
						trim = true;
					elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then			-- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
						trim = true;
					elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then		-- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
						trim = true;
					end
				elseif end_chr == " " then										-- if last char of output string is a space
					if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then				-- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
						str = str:sub(1,-3);									-- remove them both
					end
				end

				if trim then
					if value ~= comp then 										-- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
						local dup2 = duplicate_char;
						if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end		-- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
						
						value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 )			-- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
					else
						value = value:sub( 2, -1 );								-- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
					end
				end
			end
			str = str .. value;													--add it to the output string
		end
	end
	return str;
end  

--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------

For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.

This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
	[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F

|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods

At the time of this writing, I had to write the 'if nil == mw.ustring.find ...' test ouside of the code editor and paste it here
because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.

]]

local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
	if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]*$") then
		add_vanc_error ();
		return false;															-- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver required Romanization
	end;
	return true;
end

--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------

Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc.  

Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.

Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  This form is not
currently supported by this code so correctly formed names like Smith JL 2nd are converted to Smith J2. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.

This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().

]]

local function reduce_to_initials(first)
	if mw.ustring.match(first, "^%u%u$") then return first end;					-- when first contains just two upper-case letters, nothing to do
	local initials = {}
	local i = 0;																-- counter for number of initials
	for word in mw.ustring.gmatch(first, "[^%s%.%-]+") do						-- names separated by spaces, hyphens, or periods
		table.insert(initials, mw.ustring.sub(word,1,1))						-- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
		i = i + 1;																-- bump the counter 
		if 2 <= i then break; end												-- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit
	end
	return table.concat(initials)												-- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end

--[[--------------------------< L I S T  _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------

Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors) 

]]

local function list_people(control, people, etal)
	local sep;
	local namesep;
	local format = control.format
	local maximum = control.maximum
	local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
	local text = {}

	if 'vanc' == format then													-- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
		sep = ',';																-- name-list separator between authors is a comma
		namesep = ' ';															-- last/first separator is a space
	else
		sep = ';'																-- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
		namesep = ', '															-- last/first separator is <comma><space>
	end
	
	if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
	if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end					-- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
	
	for i,person in ipairs(people) do
		if is_set(person.last) then
			local mask = person.mask
			local one
			local sep_one = sep;
			if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
				etal = true;
				break;
			elseif (mask ~= nil) then
				local n = tonumber(mask)
				if (n ~= nil) then
					one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
				else
					one = mask;
					sep_one = " ";
				end
			else
				one = person.last
				local first = person.first
				if is_set(first) then 
					if ( "vanc" == format ) then								-- if vancouver format
						one = one:gsub ('%.', '');								-- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
						if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then					-- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
							first = reduce_to_initials(first)					-- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
						end
					end
					one = one .. namesep .. first 
				end
				if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
					one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]"				-- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
				end

				if is_set(person.link) and ((nil ~= person.link:find("//")) or (nil ~= person.link:find("[%[%]]"))) then
					one = one .. " " .. set_error( 'bad_authorlink' ) end		-- url or wikilink in author link;
			end
			table.insert( text, one )
			table.insert( text, sep_one )
		end
	end

	local count = #text / 2;													-- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
	if count > 0 then 
		if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
			text[#text-2] = " & ";												-- replace last separator with ampersand text
		end
		text[#text] = nil;														-- erase the last separator
	end
	
	local result = table.concat(text)											-- construct list
	if etal and is_set (result) then											-- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
		result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];						-- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
	end
	
	return result, count
end

--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------

Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.

]]

local function anchor_id( options )
	local id = table.concat( options );											-- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
	if is_set (id) then															-- if concatenation is not an empty string
		return "CITEREF" .. id;													-- add the CITEREF portion
	else
		return '';																-- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
	end
end

--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------

Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al.  If found,
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.

This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal

]]

local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)

	if is_set (name) then														-- name can be nil in which case just return
		local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[Ee][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$"	-- variations on the 'et al' theme
		local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers";					-- and alternate to et al.
		
		if name:match (etal_pattern) then										-- variants on et al.
			name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, '');								-- if found, remove
			etal = true;														-- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
			if not nocat then													-- no categorization for |vauthors=
				add_maint_cat ('etal');											-- and add a category if not already added
			end
		elseif name:match (others_pattern) then									-- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
			name = name:gsub (others_pattern, '');								-- if found, remove
			etal = true;														-- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
			if not nocat then													-- no categorization for |vauthors=
				add_maint_cat ('etal');											-- and add a category if not already added
			end
		end
	end
	return name, etal;															-- 
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
Gets name list from the input arguments

Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.

This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.

When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration.  This keeps 'et al.' out of the 
template's metadata.  When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.

]]

local function extract_names(args, list_name)
	local names = {};			-- table of names
	local last;					-- individual name components
	local first;
	local link;
	local mask;
	local i = 1;				-- loop counter/indexer
	local n = 1;				-- output table indexer
	local count = 0;			-- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
	local etal=false;			-- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter

	local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list';		-- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
	while true do
		last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i );		-- search through args for name components beginning at 1
		first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );

		last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false);								-- find and remove variations on et al.
		first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false);								-- find and remove variations on et al.

		if first and not last then												-- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } );	-- add this error message
		elseif not first and not last then										-- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
			count = count + 1;													-- number of times we haven't found last and first
			if 2 <= count then													-- two missing names and we give up
				break;															-- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
			end
		else																	-- we have last with or without a first
			names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false};	-- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
			n = n + 1;															-- point to next location in the names table
			if 1 == count then													-- if the previous name was missing
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } );		-- add this error message
			end
			count = 0;															-- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- point to next args location
	end
	
	return names, etal;															-- all done, return our list of names
end

-- Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings
local function extract_ids( args )
	local id_list = {};
	for k, v in pairs( cfg.id_handlers ) do	
		v = select_one( args, v.parameters, 'redundant_parameters' );
		if is_set(v) then id_list[k] = v; end
	end
	return id_list;
end

--[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >--------------------------------------------------------

Takes a table of IDs and turns it into a table of formatted ID outputs.

]]

local function build_id_list( id_list, options )
	local new_list, handler = {};

	function fallback(k) return { __index = function(t,i) return cfg.id_handlers[k][i] end } end;
	
	for k, v in pairs( id_list ) do
		-- fallback to read-only cfg
		handler = setmetatable( { ['id'] = v }, fallback(k) );
		
		if handler.mode == 'external' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, external_link_id( handler ) } );
		elseif handler.mode == 'internal' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, internal_link_id( handler ) } );
		elseif handler.mode ~= 'manual' then
			error( cfg.messages['unknown_ID_mode'] );
		elseif k == 'DOI' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, doi( v, options.DoiBroken ) } );
		elseif k == 'ARXIV' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, arxiv( v, options.Class ) } ); 
		elseif k == 'ASIN' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, amazon( v, options.ASINTLD ) } ); 
		elseif k == 'LCCN' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, lccn( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'OL' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, openlibrary( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'PMC' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmc( v, options.Embargo ) } );
		elseif k == 'PMID' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmid( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'ISMN' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ismn( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'ISSN' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'ISBN' then
			local ISBN = internal_link_id( handler );
			if not check_isbn( v ) and not is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then
				ISBN = ISBN .. set_error( 'bad_isbn', {}, false, " ", "" );
			end
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ISBN } );				
		elseif k == 'USENETID' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, message_id( v ) } );
		else
			error( cfg.messages['unknown_manual_ID'] );
		end
	end
	
	function comp( a, b )	-- used in following table.sort()
		return a[1] < b[1];
	end
	
	table.sort( new_list, comp );
	for k, v in ipairs( new_list ) do
		new_list[k] = v[2];
	end
	
	return new_list;
end
  

--[[--------------------------< C O I N S >--------------------------------------------------------------------

COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse the citation information.

]]

local function COinS(data, class)
	if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then
		return '';
	end
	
	local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004";
	
	-- treat table strictly as an array with only set values.
	local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {
		__newindex = function(self, key, value)
			if is_set(value) then
				rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( remove_wiki_link( value ) ) } );
			end
		end
	});
	
	if in_array (class, {'citation', 'conference', 'interview', 'press release'}) and is_set(data.Periodical) then
		OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal";
		OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article";
		OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical;
		OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
	elseif in_array (class, {'arxiv', 'journal', 'news'}) then
		OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal";
		if 'arxiv' == class then
			OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "preprint";								-- cite arxiv
		else
			OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article";
		end
		OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical;
		OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
	else
		OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
		if is_set (data.Chapter) then
			OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem";
			OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter;
		else
			OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "book"
		end
		OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
	end

	OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace;
	OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date;
	OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series;
	OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume;
	OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue;
	OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages;
	OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition;
	OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName;
	
	for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do
		local id, value = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
		if k == 'ISBN' then value = clean_isbn( v ); else value = v; end
		if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then
			OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
		else
			OCinSoutput[ id ] = value;
		end
	end
	
	local last, first;
	for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do
		last, first = v.last, v.first;
		if k == 1 then															-- for the first author name only
			if is_set(last)  and is_set(first) then								-- set these COinS values if |first= and |last= specify the first author name
				OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last;
				OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first;
			elseif is_set(last) then 
				OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last;									-- otherwise use this form for the first name
			end
		else																	-- for all other authors
			if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then
				OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first };
			elseif is_set(last) then
				OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last;
			end
		end
	end

	OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;
	OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage };
	OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );
	
	-- sort with version string always first, and combine.
	table.sort( OCinSoutput );
	table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver );  -- such as "Z39.88-2004"
	return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&");
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------

Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 code.  Handles the special case that is Norwegian where
ISO639-1 code 'no' is mapped to language name 'Norwegian Bokmål' by Extention:CLDR.

Returns the language name and associated ISO639-1 code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that Wikimedia
uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along
with the code.  When there is no match, we return the original language name string.

mw.language.fetchLanguageNames() will return a list of languages that aren't part of ISO639-1. Names that aren't ISO639-1 but that are included
in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example, if |language=Samaritan Aramaic, that name will be
found with the associated code 'sam', not an ISO639-1 code.  When names are found and the associated code is not two characters, this function
returns only the Wikimedia language name.

Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.

]]

local function get_iso639_code (lang)
	if 'norwegian' == lang:lower() then											-- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'no' at Extension:CLDR
		return 'Norwegian', 'no';												-- Make sure rendered version is properly capitalized
	end
	
	local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames('en', 'all')				-- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
																				-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
	local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang);										-- lower case version for comparisons
	
	for code, name in pairs(languages) do										-- scan the list to see if we can find our language
		if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
			if 2 ~= code:len() then												-- ISO639-1 codes only
				return name;													-- so return the name but not the code
			end
			return name, code;													-- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the ISO639-1 code
		end
	end
	return lang;																-- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for ISO639-1 code
end

--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------

Get language name from ISO639-1 code value provided.  If a code is valid use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.

There is an exception.  There are three ISO639-1 codes for Norewegian language variants.  There are two official variants: Norwegian Bokmål (code 'nb') and
Norwegian Nynorsk (code 'nn').  The third, code 'no',  is defined by ISO639-1 as 'Norwegian' though in Norway this is pretty much meaningless.  However, it appears
that on enwiki, editors are for the most part unaware of the nb and nn variants (compare page counts for these variants at Category:Articles with non-English-language external links.

Because Norwegian Bokmål is the most common language variant, Media wiki has been modified to return Norwegian Bokmål for ISO639-1 code 'no'. Here we undo that and
return 'Norwegian' when editors use |language=no.  We presume that editors don't know about the variants or can't descriminate between them.

See Help talk:Citation Style_1#An ISO 639-1 language name test

When |language= contains a valid ISO639-1 code, the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no) if
the page is a mainspace page and the ISO639-1 code is not 'en'.  Similarly, if the  parameter is |language=Norwegian, it will be categorized in the same way.

This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas.

]]

local function language_parameter (lang)
	local code;																	-- the ISO639-1 two character code
	local name;																	-- the language name
	local language_list = {};													-- table of language names to be rendered
	local names_table = {};														-- table made from the value assigned to |language=

	names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*');								-- names should be a comma separated list

	for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do										-- reuse lang

		if 2 == lang:len() then													-- ISO639-1 language code are 2 characters (fetchLanguageName also supports 3 character codes)
			name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), "en" );			-- get ISO 639-1 language name if Language is a proper code
		end
	
		if is_set (name) then													-- if Language specified a valid ISO639-1 code
			code = lang:lower();												-- save it
		else
			name, code = get_iso639_code (lang);								-- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
		end
	
		if is_set (code) then
			if 'no' == code then name = 'Norwegian' end;						-- override wikimedia when code is 'no'
			if 'en' ~= code then												-- English not the language
				add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source', {name, code})
			end
		else
			add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang');										-- add maint category if not already added
		end
		
		table.insert (language_list, name);
		name = '';																-- so we can reuse it
	end
	
	code = #language_list														-- reuse code as number of languages in the list
	if 2 >= code then
		name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ')							-- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
	elseif 2 < code then
		language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code];					-- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
		name = table.concat (language_list, ', ')								-- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
	end
	if 'English' == name then
		return '';																-- if one language and that language is English return an enpty string (no annotation)
	end
	return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name));								-- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------

Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings

]]

local function set_cs1_style (ps)
	if not is_set (ps) then														-- unless explicitely set to something
		ps = '.';																-- terminate the rendered citation with a period
	end
	return '.', ps;																-- separator is a full stop
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------

Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings

]]

local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
	if not is_set (ps) then														-- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
		ps = '';																-- make sure it isn't nil
	end
	if not is_set (ref) then													-- if |ref= is not set
		ref = "harv";															-- set default |ref=harv
	end
	return ',', ps, ref;														-- separator is a comma
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------

When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
rendered style.

]]

local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
	local sep;
	if (cite_class == "citation") then											-- for citation templates (CS2)
		sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
	else																		-- not a citation template so CS1
		sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
	end

	return sep, ps, ref															-- return them all
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------

Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.

]]

local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
	local sep;
	if 'cs2' == mode then														-- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
		sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
	elseif 'cs1' == mode then													-- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
		sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
	else																		-- anything but cs1 or cs2
		sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class);		-- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
	end
	if 'none' == ps:lower() then												-- if assigned value is 'none' then
		ps = '';																-- set to empty string
	end
	
	return sep, ps, ref
end

--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------

Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
applying the pdf icon to external links.

returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extension, else false

]=]

local function is_pdf (url)
	return url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]?') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]?');
end

--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------

Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc.  Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
not have a matching url parameter.  If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
the appropriate styling.

]]

local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
	if is_set (format) then
		format = wrap_style ('format', format);									-- add leading space, parenthases, resize
		if not is_set (url) then
			format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} );	-- add an error message
		end
	elseif is_pdf (url) then													-- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
		format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF');									-- set format to pdf
	else
		format = '';															-- empty string for concatenation
	end
	return format;
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------

Returns a number that may or may not limit the length of the author or editor name lists.

When the value assigned to |display-authors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
some variant of the text 'et al.').

When the value assigned to |display-authors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.  This will cause the list_people() to display all of
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'

In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.

]]

local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
	if is_set (max) then
		if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then						-- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
			max = count + 1;													-- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
			etal = true;														-- overrides value set by extract_names()
		elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then											-- if is a string of numbers
			max = tonumber (max);												-- make it a number
			if max >= count and 'authors' == list_name then	-- AUTHORS ONLY		-- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
				add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', list_name);
			end
		else																	-- not a valid keyword or number
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } );		-- add error message
			max = nil;															-- unset
		end
	elseif 'authors' == list_name then		-- AUTHORS ONLY	need to clear implicit et al category
		max = count + 1;														-- number of authors + 1
	end
	
	return max, etal;
end

--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------

Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp. 
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.

check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
	good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
	bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP

]]

local function extra_text_in_page_check (page, nopp)
--	local good_pattern = '^P[^%.P%l]';
	local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]';										-- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
--	local bad_pattern = '^[Pp][Pp]';
	local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';

	if is_set (nopp) then													-- don't bother checking if |nopp= is set
		return;
	end

	if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or  page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
		add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
	end
--		if Page:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Page:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') or
--			Pages:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Pages:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') then
--				add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
--		end
end


--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------

This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.

Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.

This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.

]]

local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
	local names = {};															-- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
	local v_name_table = {};
	local etal = false;															-- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
	local last, first, link, mask;
	local corporate = false;

	vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true);							-- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
	if vparam:find ('%[%[') or vparam:find ('%]%]')	then						-- no wikilinking vauthors names
		add_vanc_error ();
	end
	v_name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*")								-- names are separated by commas

	for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
		if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then									-- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parenthese to supress vanc formatting and error detection
			first = '';															-- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
			last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$')
			corporate = true;
		elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
		    lastfirstTable = {}
		    lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
		    first = table.remove(lastfirstTable);								-- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
		    last  = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ")							-- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
		    if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') or mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then
				add_vanc_error ();												-- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing or a space between two intiials
			end
		else
			first = '';															-- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
			last = v_name;														-- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
		end
																
		if is_set (first) and not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then		-- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
			add_vanc_error ();
		end
																				-- this from extract_names ()
		link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate};		-- add this assembled name to our names list
	end
	return names, etal;															-- all done, return our list of names
end

--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------

Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.

Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest

When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.

Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.

In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.

]]

local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local lastfirst = false;
	if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) or		-- do this twice incase we have a first 1 without a last1
		select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 2 ) then
			lastfirst=true;
	end

	if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or								-- these are the three error conditions
		(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
		(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
			local err_name;
			if 'AuthorList' == list_name then									-- figure out which name should be used in error message
				err_name = 'author';
			else
				err_name = 'editor';
			end
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
				{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } );				-- add error message
	end

	if true == lastfirst then return 1 end;										-- return a number indicating which author name source to use
	if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
	if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
	return 1;																	-- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last 
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------

This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
in the source template) the function refurns true.  If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.

]]

local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible)
	if not is_set (value) then
		return true;															-- an empty parameter is ok
	elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
		return true;
	else
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } );	-- not an allowed value so add error message
		return false
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------

Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
characters following the opening bracket obey the rules of a uri scheme (see check_url()).  The test will also find
external wikilinks that use protocol relative urls.

]]

local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
	if value:match ("%[%[%a+:") then											-- if a wikilink with namespace (interwiki)
		return false;
	elseif value:match ("%[%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:.*%]") or value:match ("%[//.*%]") then		-- does the param value contain an external wikilink?
--	elseif value:match ("%[%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:%S.*%]") or value:match ("%[//.*%]") then	-- does the param value contain an external wikilink?
		return true;
	else
		return false;
	end
end


--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------

loop through a list of parameters and their values.  Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.

]]

local function check_for_url (parameter_list)
local error_message = '';
	for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do										-- for each parameter in the list
		if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then									-- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message
			if is_set(error_message) then										-- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
				error_message=error_message .. ", ";							-- ... add a comma space separator
			end
			error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "=";				-- add the failed parameter
		end
	end
	if is_set (error_message) then														-- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
	end
end


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------

This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.

]]

local function citation0( config, args)
	--[[ 
	Load Input Parameters
	The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
	]]
	local A = argument_wrapper( args );

	local i 
	local PPrefix = A['PPrefix']
	local PPPrefix = A['PPPrefix']
	local NoPP = A['NoPP'] 
	if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
		PPPrefix = '';															-- unset these, prefix if used is in |page= or |pages=
		PPrefix = '';
	else
		NoPP = nil;																-- unset, used as a flag later
	end
		
	-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
	-- define different field names for the same underlying things.	
	local author_etal;
	local a	= {};																-- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
	local Authors;
	local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];

	do																			-- to limit scope of selected
		local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
		if 1 == selected then
			a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList');				-- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
		elseif 2 == selected then
			NameListFormat = 'vanc';											-- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
			a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList');	-- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
		elseif 3 == selected then
			Authors = A['Authors'];												-- use content of |authors=
		end
	end

	local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
	local Others = A['Others'];

	local editor_etal;
	local e	= {};																-- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
	local Editors;

	do																			-- to limit scope of selected
		local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
		if 1 == selected then
			e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList');				-- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
		elseif 2 == selected then
			NameListFormat = 'vanc';											-- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
			e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList');	-- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
		elseif 3 == selected then
			Editors = A['Editors'];												-- use content of |editors=
		end
	end

	local t = {};																-- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
	local Translators;															-- assembled trnaslators name list
	t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList');									-- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
	
	if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then			-- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
		NameListFormat = '';													-- anything else, set to empty string
	end

	local Year = A['Year'];
	local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
	local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
	local Date = A['Date'];
	local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
	------------------------------------------------- Get title data
	local Title = A['Title'];
	local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
	local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
	local Conference = A['Conference'];

	local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
	if TransTitle == Title then --translated title is identical to title (i.e. not translated)
		TransTitle = "" --so hide it
	end

	local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
	local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
	local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
	local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
	local ChapterLink	-- = A['ChapterLink'];									-- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
	local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
	local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
	local Degree = A['Degree'];
	local Docket = A['Docket'];
	local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
	local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL'];
	local URL = A['URL']
	local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');											-- get name of parameter that holds URL
	local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
	local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL');							-- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
	local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
	local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
	local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
	local Periodical = A['Periodical'];

	local Series = A['Series'];
	local Volume = A['Volume'];
	local Issue = A['Issue'];
	local Position = '';
	local Page = A['Page'];
	local Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );	
	local At = A['At'];

	local Edition = A['Edition'];
	local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
	local Place = A['Place'];
	
	local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
	local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
			RegistrationRequired=nil;
		end
	local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
			SubscriptionRequired=nil;
		end

	local Via = A['Via'];
	local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
	local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
	local Agency = A['Agency'];
	local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then	-- set in config.defaults to 'yes'
			DeadURL = '';														-- anything else, set to empty string
		end

	local Language = A['Language'];
	local Format = A['Format'];
	local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
	local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
	local ID = A['ID'];
	local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
	local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
			IgnoreISBN = nil;													-- anything else, set to empty string
		end
	local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
	local Class = A['Class'];													-- arxiv class identifier

	local ID_list = extract_ids( args );

	local Quote = A['Quote'];

	local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
	local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
	local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
	local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
	local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
	local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] 
	local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL

	local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
			LastAuthorAmp = nil;													-- set to empty string
		end
	local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
		if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
			no_tracking_cats = nil;													-- set to empty string
		end

--these are used by cite interview
	local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
	local City = A['City'];
	local Program = A['Program'];

--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
	local use_lowercase;								-- controls capitalization of certain static text
	local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle();		-- also used for COinS and for language
	local anchor_year;									-- used in the CITEREF identifier
	local COinS_date;									-- used in the COinS metadata

-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.  If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values
	local Mode = A['Mode'];
	if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then
		Mode = '';
	end
	local sepc;											-- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
	local PostScript;
	local Ref;
	sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
	use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' );					-- used to control capitalization for certain static text

--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
	if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then										-- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
		if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
			no_tracking_cats = "true";											-- set no_tracking_cats
		end
		for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do						-- cycle through page name patterns
			if this_page.text:match (v) then									-- test page name against each pattern
				no_tracking_cats = "true";										-- set no_tracking_cats
				break;															-- bail out if one is found
			end
		end
	end

-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. 
	if is_set(Page) then
		if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
			Page = Page .. " " .. set_error('extra_pages');						-- add error message
			Pages = '';															-- unset the others
			At = '';
		end
		extra_text_in_page_check (Page, NoPP);									-- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
	elseif is_set(Pages) then
		if is_set(At) then
			Pages = Pages .. " " .. set_error('extra_pages');					-- add error messages
			At = '';															-- unset
		end
		extra_text_in_page_check (Pages, NoPP);									-- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
	end	

-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
	if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
		PublicationPlace = Place;							-- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
	end
	
	if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end		-- don't need both if they are the same
	
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
	|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
	|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
	|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title

	|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
	|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped

All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified

]]

local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];

	if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then	-- test code for citation
		if is_set(Periodical) then												-- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
			if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
				if not is_set(Chapter) then
					Chapter = Title;											-- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
					ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
					TransChapter = TransTitle;
					ChapterURL = URL;
					if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
						Chapter= '[[' .. TitleLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]';
					end
					Title = Periodical;
					ChapterFormat = Format;
					Periodical = '';											-- redundant so unset
					TransTitle = '';
					URL = '';
					Format = '';
					TitleLink = '';
					ScriptTitle = '';
				end
			else																-- |title not set
				Title = Periodical;												-- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
				Periodical = '';												-- redundant so unset
			end
		end
	end

-- Special case for cite techreport.
	if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then	-- special case for cite techreport
		if is_set(Issue) then						-- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations aliase to 'issue'
			if not is_set(ID) then					-- can we use ID for the "number"?
				ID = Issue;							-- yes, use it
				Issue = "";							-- unset Issue so that "number" isn't duplicated in the rendered citation or COinS metadata
			else									-- can't use ID so emit error message
				ID = ID .. " " .. set_error('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;id=</code> and <code>&#124;number=</code>');
			end
		end	
	end

-- special case for cite interview
	if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then
		if is_set(Program) then
			ID = ' ' .. Program;
		end
		if is_set(Callsign) then
			if is_set(ID) then
				ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. Callsign;
			else
				ID = ' ' .. Callsign;
			end
		end
		if is_set(City) then
			if is_set(ID) then
				ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. City;
			else
				ID = ' ' .. City;
			end
		end

		if is_set(Others) then
			if is_set(TitleType) then
				Others = ' ' .. TitleType .. ' with ' .. Others;
				TitleType = '';
			else
				Others = ' ' .. 'Interview with ' .. Others;
			end
		else
			Others = '(Interview)';
		end
	end

-- special case for cite mailing list
	if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
		Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
	end

-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
		if is_set(BookTitle) then
			Chapter = Title;
--			ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- |chapterlink= is deprecated
			ChapterURL = URL;
			ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
			URLorigin = '';
			ChapterFormat = Format;
			TransChapter = TransTitle;
			Title = BookTitle;
			Format = '';
--			TitleLink = '';
			TransTitle = '';
			URL = '';
		end
	elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
		Conference = '';														-- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
	end

-- cite map oddities
	local Cartography = "";
	local Scale = "";
	local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
	local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
	if config.CitationClass == "map" then
		Chapter = A['Map'];
		ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
		TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
		ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
		ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
		
		Cartography = A['Cartography'];
		if is_set( Cartography ) then
			Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
		end		
		Scale = A['Scale'];
		if is_set( Scale ) then
			Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
		end
	end

-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
		local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
		local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
		local Network = A['Network'];
		local Station = A['Station'];
		local s, n = {}, {};

																				-- do common parameters first
		if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
		if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
		ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
		
		if not is_set (Date) then												-- promote airdate or Began/Ended to date
			if is_set (AirDate) then
				Date = AirDate;
			end
		end

		if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then								-- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
			local Season = A['Season'];
			local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];

			if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then					-- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } );		-- add error message
				SeriesNumber = '';												-- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
			end
																				-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
			if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
			if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
			if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
			Issue = '';															-- unset because this is not a unique parameter
	
			Chapter = Title;													-- promote title parameters to chapter
			ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
			ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- alias episodelink
			TransChapter = TransTitle;
			ChapterURL = URL;
			ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
			
			Title = Series;														-- promote series to title
			TitleLink = SeriesLink;
			Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' ');								-- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number

			if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then			-- link but not URL
				Chapter = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]';		-- ok to wikilink
			elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then			-- if both are set, URL links episode;
				Series = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';			-- series links with ChapterLink (episodelink -> TitleLink -> ChapterLink) ugly
			end
			URL = '';															-- unset
			TransTitle = '';
			ScriptTitle = '';
			
		else																	-- now oddities that are cite serial
			Issue = '';															-- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
			Chapter = A['Episode'];												-- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
			if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
				Series = '[[' .. SeriesLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';
			end
			Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series);						-- series is italicized
		end	
	end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff

-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
		if not is_set (ID_list['ARXIV']) then									-- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_missing', {}, true ) } );		-- add error message
		elseif is_set (Series) then												-- series is an alias of version
			ID_list['ARXIV'] = ID_list['ARXIV'] .. Series;						-- concatenate version onto the end of the arxiv identifier
			Series = '';														-- unset
			deprecated_parameter ('version');									-- deprecated parameter but only for cite arxiv
		end
		
		if first_set (AccessDate, At, Chapter, Format, Page, Pages, Periodical, PublisherName, URL,	-- a crude list of parameters that are not supported by cite arxiv
			ID_list['ASIN'], ID_list['BIBCODE'], ID_list['DOI'], ID_list['ISBN'], ID_list['ISSN'],
			ID_list['JFM'], ID_list['JSTOR'], ID_list['LCCN'], ID_list['MR'], ID_list['OCLC'], ID_list['OL'],
			ID_list['OSTI'], ID_list['PMC'], ID_list['PMID'], ID_list['RFC'], ID_list['SSRN'], ID_list['USENETID'], ID_list['ZBL']) then
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_params_not_supported', {}, true ) } );		-- add error message

				AccessDate= '';													-- set these to empty string; not supported in cite arXiv
				PublisherName = '';												-- (if the article has been published, use cite journal, or other)
				Chapter = '';
				URL = '';
				Format = '';
				Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
		end
		Periodical = 'arXiv';													-- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
	end

-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values

	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
		TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
		if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then						-- special case for cite thesis
			TitleType = Degree .. " thesis";
		end
	end

	if is_set(TitleType) then													-- if type parameter is specified
		TitleType = " (" .. TitleType .. ")";									-- display it in parentheses
	end

-- legacy: promote concatenation of |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
	if not is_set (Date) then
		Date = Year;															-- promote Year to Date
		Year = nil;																-- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
		if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then					-- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
			Date = PublicationDate;												-- promote PublicationDate to Date
			PublicationDate = '';												-- unset, no longer needed
		end
	end

	if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end	-- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation

--[[
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
we get the date used in the metadata.

Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]
	do	-- create defined block to contain local variables error_message and mismatch
		local error_message = '';
																				-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
		anchor_year, COinS_date, error_message = dates({['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken,
			['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year});

		if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then									-- both |date= and |year= not normally needed; 
			local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
			if 0 == mismatch then												-- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
				if is_set (error_message) then									-- if there is already an error message
					error_message = error_message .. ', ';						-- tack on this additional message
				end
				error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
			elseif 1 == mismatch then											-- |year= matches year-value in |date=
				add_maint_cat ('date_year');
			end
		end

		if is_set(error_message) then
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } );	-- add this error message
		end
	end	-- end of do

-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set.  Do this after date check but before COInS.
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
	Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo);											-- 

	if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
		if not is_set (Embargo) then											-- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
			URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC'];				-- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
			URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1];					-- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
		end
	end

-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
	-- Test if citation has no title
	if	not is_set(Title) and
		not is_set(TransTitle) and
		not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
			if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then							-- special case for cite episode; is there a better way to do this?
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } );
			else
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } );
			end
	end
	
	if 'none' == Title and is_set(Periodical) and not (( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia))) then								-- special case
		Title = '';																-- set title to empty string
		add_maint_cat ('untitled');
	end

	check_for_url ({['title']=Title, ['chapter']=Chapter, ['work']=Periodical});	-- adds error message when any of these parameters contain a URL

	-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
	-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
	-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
	-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap 
	
	local coins_chapter = Chapter;												-- default assuming that remapping not required
	local coins_title = Title;													-- et tu
	if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
		if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then		-- if all are used then
			coins_chapter = Title;												-- remap
			coins_title = Periodical;
		end
	end
	
	-- this is the function call to COinS()
	local OCinSoutput = COinS({
		['Periodical'] = Periodical,
		['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter),			-- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
		['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle),				-- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
		['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
		['Date'] = first_set(COinS_date, Date),		-- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; any reason to keep Date here?  Should we be including invalid dates in metadata?
		['Series'] = Series,
		['Volume'] = Volume,
		['Issue'] = Issue,
		['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set(Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At)),				-- pages stripped of external links
		['Edition'] = Edition,
		['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
		['URL'] = first_set( URL, ChapterURL ),
		['Authors'] = a,
		['ID_list'] = ID_list,
		['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
	}, config.CitationClass);

-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, AFTER generation of COinS data.
	if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then										-- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, now unset so it isn't displayed
		Periodical = '';														-- periodical not allowed in cite arxiv; if article has been published, use cite journal
	end

-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
	if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
		if is_set (PublisherName) then
			PublisherName = '[[Usenet newsgroup|Newsgroup]]:&nbsp;' ..  external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName );
		end
	end



	-- Now perform various field substitutions.
	-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
	-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
	local EditorCount;															-- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
	do
		local last_first_list;
		local maximum;
		local control = { 
			format = NameListFormat,											-- empty string or 'vanc'
			maximum = nil,														-- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
			lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
			page_name = this_page.text											-- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
		};

		do																		-- do editor name list first because coauthors can modify control table
			maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
			-- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
			if not is_set(maximum) and #e == 4 then 
				maximum = 3;
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
			end

			control.maximum = maximum;
			
			last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);

			if is_set (Editors) then
				if editor_etal then
					Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];				-- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
					EditorCount = 2;												-- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
				else
					EditorCount = 2;												-- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
				end
			else
				Editors = last_first_list;											-- either an author name list or an empty string
			end

			if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then			-- only one editor displayed but includes etal then 
				EditorCount = 2;													-- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
			end
		end
		do																			-- now do translators
			control.maximum = #t;													-- number of translators
			Translators = list_people(control, t, false);							-- et al not currently supported
		end
		do																			-- now do authors
			control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);

			if is_set(Coauthors) then												-- if the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
				control.lastauthoramp = nil;
				control.maximum = #a + 1;
			end
			
			last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);

			if is_set (Authors) then
				Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false);	-- find and remove variations on et al.
				if author_etal then
					Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];				-- add et al. to authors parameter
				end
			else
				Authors = last_first_list;											-- either an author name list or an empty string
			end

		end																			-- end of do

		if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then	-- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } );	-- emit error message
		end
	end



--[[
	do																			-- do-block to limit scope of last_first_list
		local last_first_list;
		local maximum = A['DisplayAuthors'];

		maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (maximum, #a, 'authors', author_etal);

		local control = { 
			format = NameListFormat,											-- empty string or 'vanc'
			maximum = maximum,
			lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
			page_name = this_page.text											-- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via authorlinkn
			};
		
		if is_set(Coauthors) then												-- if the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
			control.lastauthoramp = nil;
			control.maximum = #a + 1;
		end
		
		last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal);

		if is_set (Authors) then
			Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false);	-- find and remove variations on et al.
			if author_etal then
				Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];				-- add et al. to authors parameter
			end
		else
			Authors = last_first_list;											-- either an author name list or an empty string
		end

	end																			-- end of do

	if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then	-- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } );	-- emit error message
	end

	local EditorCount;															-- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
	do
		local last_first_list;
		local maximum = A['DisplayEditors'];

		maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (maximum, #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
		-- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
		if not is_set(maximum) and #e == 4 then 
			maximum = 3;
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
		end

		local control = { 
			format = NameListFormat,											-- empty string or 'vanc'
			maximum = maximum,
			lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
			page_name = this_page.text											-- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
		};

		last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal);

		if is_set (Editors) then
			if editor_etal then
				Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al'];				-- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
				EditorCount = 2;												-- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
			else
				EditorCount = 2;												-- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
			end
		else
			Editors = last_first_list;											-- either an author name list or an empty string
		end

		if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then			-- only one editor displayed but includes etal then 
			EditorCount = 2;													-- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
		end
	end
]]

-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
	ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
	ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
	ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
	Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
	LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
	TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');

	if  not is_set(URL) then --and
--		not is_set(ArchiveURL) then --and										-- prevents format_missing_url error from registering
--		not is_set(ConferenceURL) and											-- TODO: keep this here? conference as part of cite web or cite podcast?
--		not is_set(TranscriptURL) then											-- TODO: remove? |transcript-url= and |transcript= has separate test
		
		-- Test if cite web or cite podcast |url= is missing or empty 
		if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then	
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
		end
		
		-- Test if accessdate is given without giving a URL
		if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then					-- ChapterURL may be set when the others are not set; TODO: move this to a separate test?
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
			AccessDate = '';
		end
	end

	local OriginalURL, OriginalFormat;											-- TODO: swap chapter and title here so that archive applies to most specific if both are set?
	DeadURL = DeadURL:lower();													-- used later when assembling archived text
	if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
		if is_set (URL) then
			OriginalURL = URL;													-- save copy of original source URL
			OriginalFormat = Format;											-- and original |format=
			if 'no' ~= DeadURL then												-- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
				URL = ArchiveURL												-- swap-in the archive's url
				URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')								-- name of archive url parameter for error messages
				Format = ArchiveFormat or '';									-- swap in archive's format
			end
		elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then 										-- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
			OriginalURL = ChapterURL;											-- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
			OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat;										-- and original |format=
			if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
				ChapterURL = ArchiveURL											-- swap-in the archive's url
				URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')								-- name of archive url parameter for error messages
				ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or '';							-- swap in archive's format
			end
		end
	end

	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup", 'arxiv'}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
			if is_set (Chapter) or is_set (TransChapter) or is_set (ChapterURL) or is_set (ScriptChapter) then	-- chapter parameters not supported for these citation types
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')}, true ) } );		-- add error message
				Chapter = '';													-- set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
				TransChapter = '';
				ChapterURL = '';
				ScriptChapter = '';
			end
	else																		-- otherwise, format chapter / article title
		Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin);
		if is_set (Chapter) then
			if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
				Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType;
			end
			Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';
		end
	end

	-- Format main title.
	if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
		Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
	end

	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup", "mailinglist", 'arxiv'}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
		('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then			-- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
			Title = kern_quotes (Title);										-- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
			Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
	
			Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle);					-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
			TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
	elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then								-- no styling for cite report
		Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle);						-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
		TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );				-- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
	else
		Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
		Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle);						-- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
		TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
	end

	TransError = "";
	if is_set(TransTitle) then
		if is_set(Title) then
			TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
		else
			TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
		end
	end
	
	Title = Title .. TransTitle;
	
	if is_set(Title) then
		if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then 
			Title = external_link( URL, Title ) .. TransError .. Format;
			URL = "";
			Format = "";
		else
			Title = Title .. TransError;
		end
	end

	if is_set(Place) then
		Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
	end

	if is_set (Conference) then
		if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
			Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference );
		end
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
	elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin );
	end

	if not is_set(Position) then
		local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
		if is_set(Minutes) then
			Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
		else
			local Time = A['Time'];
			if is_set(Time) then
				local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
				if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
					TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
					if sepc ~= '.' then
						TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
					end
				end
				Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
			end
		end
	else
		Position = " " .. Position;
		At = '';
	end
	
	if not is_set(Page) then
		if is_set(Pages) then
			if is_set(Periodical) and
				not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
				Pages = ": " .. Pages;
			elseif tonumber(Pages) ~= nil then
				Pages = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Pages;
			else
				Pages = sepc .." " .. PPPrefix .. Pages;
			end
		end
	else
		if is_set(Periodical) and
			not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
			Page = ": " .. Page;
		else
			Page = sepc .." " .. PPrefix .. Page;
		end
	end

	if 'map' == config.CitationClass then										-- cite map oddity done after COinS call (and with other in-source locators)
		if is_set (Sheet) or is_set (Sheets) then
			local err_msg1 = 'sheet=, &#124;sheets';							-- default error message in case any of page pages or at are set
			local err_msg2;
			if is_set (Page) or is_set (Pages) or is_set (At) then				-- are any set?
				err_msg2 = 'page=, &#124;pages=, &#124;at';						-- a generic error message
				Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
			elseif is_set (Sheet) and is_set (Sheets) then						-- if both are set make error message
				err_msg1 = 'sheet';
				err_msg2 = 'sheets';
			end
			if is_set (err_msg2) then
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', err_msg1) .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', err_msg2)}, true ) } );		-- add error message
			end
			if not is_set (Sheet) then											-- do sheet static text and formatting; Sheet has priority over Sheets if both provided
				if is_set (Sheets) then
					if is_set (Periodical) then
						Sheet = ": Sheets " .. Sheets;							-- because Sheet has priority, no need to support both later on
					else
						Sheet = sepc .. " Sheets " .. Sheets;
					end
				end
			else
				if is_set (Periodical) then
					Sheet = ": Sheet " .. Sheet;
				else
					Sheet = sepc .. " Sheet " .. Sheet;
				end
			end
		end
	end

	At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
	Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
	if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
		local Section = A['Section'];
		local Sections = A['Sections'];
		local Inset = A['Inset'];
		
		if is_set( Inset ) then
			Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
		end			

		if is_set( Sections ) then
			Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
		elseif is_set( Section ) then
			Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
		end
		At = At .. Inset .. Section;		
	end	

	if is_set (Language) then
		Language = language_parameter (Language);								-- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
	else
		Language="";															-- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
	end

	Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
	
	if is_set (Translators) then
		Others = sepc .. ' Translated by ' .. Translators .. Others; 
	end

	TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
	if is_set (Edition) then
		if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
			add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');
		end
		Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
	else
		Edition = '';
	end
	Issue = is_set(Issue) and (" (" .. Issue .. ")") or "";
	Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
	OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
	Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";

	if is_set(Volume) then
		if ( mw.ustring.len(Volume) > 4 )
		  then Volume = sepc .." " .. Volume;
		  else Volume = " <b>" .. hyphen_to_dash(Volume) .. "</b>";
		end
	end

	------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
	if is_set(Via) then
		Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
	end

--[[
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.

]]
	if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
		SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription'];		-- subscription required message
	elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
		SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration'];		-- registration required message
	else
		SubscriptionRequired = '';												-- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
	end

	if is_set(AccessDate) then
		local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']

		AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate);									-- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
		if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end				-- if 'citation', lower case
		AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate);						-- add retrieved text
																				-- neither of these work; don't know why; it seems that substitute() isn't being called	
		AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate});	-- allow editors to hide accessdates
	end
	
	if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
   	if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
		ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
	end
   	if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then					-- for cite report when |docket= is set
		ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket;												-- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
	end

	ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );

	if is_set(URL) then
		URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin );
	end

	if is_set(Quote) then
		if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then
			Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2);
		end
		Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); 				-- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
		PostScript = "";														-- CS1 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
	end
	
	local Archived
	if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
		if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
			ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
		end
		if "no" == DeadURL then
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
				{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
			if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
				Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');							   
			end
		elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then											-- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
--			if 'usurped' == DeadURL then										-- when original has unsuitable content do not link
			if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped'}) then
				Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate;	-- format already styled
			else																-- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'
				Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
					{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'] ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } );	-- format already styled
			end	
		else
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, 
				{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
		end
	elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
		Archived = ArchiveFormat;												-- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
	else
		Archived = ""
	end
	
	local Lay = '';
	if is_set(LayURL) then
		if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
		if is_set(LaySource) then 
			LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
		else
			LaySource = "";
		end
		if sepc == '.' then
			Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'] ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
		else
			Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower() ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
		end			
	elseif is_set (LayFormat) then												-- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
		Lay = sepc .. LayFormat;												-- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
	end

	if is_set(Transcript) then
		if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
			Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript );
		end
		Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
	elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
		Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );
	end

	local Publisher;
	if is_set(Periodical) and
		not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then
		if is_set(PublisherName) then
			if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
				Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
			else
				Publisher = PublisherName;  
			end
		elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
			Publisher= PublicationPlace;
		else 
			Publisher = "";
		end
		if is_set(PublicationDate) then
			if is_set(Publisher) then
				Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
			else
				Publisher = PublicationDate;
			end
		end
		if is_set(Publisher) then
			Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
		end
	else
		if is_set(PublicationDate) then
			PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate) .. ")";
		end
		if is_set(PublisherName) then
			if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
				Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
			else
				Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;  
			end			
		elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then 
			Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
		else 
			Publisher = PublicationDate;
		end
	end
	
	-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
	if is_set(Periodical) then
		if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then 
			Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) 
		else 
			Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
		end
	end

--[[
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
	if "speech" == config.CitationClass then				-- cite speech only
		TitleNote = " (Speech)";							-- annotate the citation
		if is_set (Periodical) then							-- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter 
			if is_set (Conference) then						-- and if |event= is set
				Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " ";		-- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
			end
		end
	end

	-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
	-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
	-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.

	local tcommon
	if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
		if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
		tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, 
			Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume, Issue}, sepc );
		
	elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then									-- special cases for cite map
		if is_set (Chapter) then												-- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
		elseif is_set (Periodical) then											-- map in a periodical
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume, Issue}, sepc );
		else																	-- a sheet or stand-alone map
			tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
		end
		
	elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then								-- special case for cite episode
		tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
	else																		-- all other CS1 templates
		tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, 
			Volume, Issue, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
	end
	
	if #ID_list > 0 then
		ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
	else
		ID_list = ID;
	end
	
	local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
	local text;
	local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Page .. Pages .. At;
	
	if is_set(Authors) then
		if is_set(Coauthors) then
			local sep = '; ';
			if 'vanc' == NameListFormat then
				sep = ', ';
			end
			Authors = Authors .. sep .. Coauthors;
		end
		if is_set(Date) then
			Date = " ("..Date..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
		elseif string.sub(Authors,-1,-1) == sepc then
			Authors = Authors .. " "
		else
			Authors = Authors .. sepc .. " "
		end
		if is_set(Editors) then
			local in_text = " ";
			local post_text = "";
			if is_set(Chapter) then
				in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
			else
				if EditorCount <= 1 then
					post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
				else
					post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
				end
			end 
			if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end
			Editors = in_text .. Editors .. post_text;
			if (string.sub(Editors,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub(Editors,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then	-- if last editor name ends with sepc char
				Editors = Editors .. " ";										-- don't add another
			else
				Editors = Editors .. sepc .. " "								-- otherwise terninate the editor list
			end
		end
		text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon }, sepc );
		text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
	elseif is_set(Editors) then
		if is_set(Date) then
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
			else
				Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
			end
			Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "
		else
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			else
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			end
		end
		text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
		text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
	else
		if is_set(Date) then
			if ( string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) ~= sepc )
			  then Date = sepc .." " .. Date .. OrigYear
			  else Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear
			end
		end
		if config.CitationClass=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then
			text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
			text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
		else
			text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date}, sepc );
			text = safe_join( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
		end
	end
	
	if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
		text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
		text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
	end	
	
	text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );

	-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
	local options = {};
	
	if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
		options.class = config.CitationClass;
		options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass;					-- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
	else
		options.class = "citation";
	end
	
	if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then
		local id = Ref
		if ( "harv" == Ref ) then
			local names = {} --table of last names & year
			if #a > 0 then
				for i,v in ipairs(a) do 
					names[i] = v.last 
					if i == 4 then break end
				end
			elseif #e > 0 then
				for i,v in ipairs(e) do 
					names[i] = v.last 
					if i == 4 then break end				
				end
			end
			names[ #names + 1 ] = first_set(Year, anchor_year);	-- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
			id = anchor_id(names)
		end
		options.id = id;
	end
	
	if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
		z.error_categories = {};
		text = set_error('empty_citation');
		z.message_tail = {};
	end
	
	if is_set(options.id) then 
		text = '<cite id="' .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id) ..'" class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</cite>";
	else
		text = '<cite class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</cite>";
	end		

	local empty_span = '<span style="display:none;">&nbsp;</span>';
	
	-- Note: Using display: none on then COinS span breaks some clients.
	local OCinS = '<span title="' .. OCinSoutput .. '" class="Z3988">' .. empty_span .. '</span>';
	text = text .. OCinS;
	
	if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
		text = text .. " ";
		for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
			if is_set(v[1]) then
				if i == #z.message_tail then
					text = text .. error_comment( v[1], v[2] );
				else
					text = text .. error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
				end
			end
		end
	end

	if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
		text = text .. '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33">';
		for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			text = text .. ' ' .. v .. ' ([[:Category:' .. v ..'|link]])';
		end
		text = text .. '</span>';	-- maintenance mesages (realy just the names of the categories for now)
	end
	
	no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
	if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
		for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
			text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
		end
		for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
		end
		for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
		end
	end
	
	return text
end

-- This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
function z.citation(frame)
	local pframe = frame:getParent()
	local validation;
	
	if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then			-- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
		cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox');		-- load sandbox versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
		whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
		validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox');	-- ... sandbox version of date validation code

	else																		-- otherwise
		cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration');				-- load live versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
		whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
		validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation');			-- ... live version of date validation code
	end

	dates = validation.dates;													-- imported functions
	year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;

	local args = {};
	local suggestions = {};
	local error_text, error_state;

	local config = {};
	for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
		config[k] = v;
		args[k] = v;	   
	end	

	local capture;																-- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
	for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
		if v ~= '' then
			if not validate( k ) then			
				error_text = "";
				if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
					-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
					if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
						error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
					end
				elseif validate( k:lower() ) then 
					error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
				else
					if nil == suggestions.suggestions then						-- if this table is nil then we need to load it
						if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then			-- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
							suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' );	-- use the sandbox version
						else
							suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' );			-- use the live version
						end
					end
					for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do		-- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
						capture = k:match (pattern);							-- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
						if capture then											-- if the pattern matches 
							param = substitute( param, capture );				-- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
							error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true );	-- set the error message
						end
					end
					if not is_set (error_text) then								-- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
						if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
							error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
						else
							error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
						end
					end
--					if #suggestions == 0 then
--						suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' );
--					end
--					if suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
--						error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
--					else
--						error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
--					end
				end				  
				if error_text ~= '' then
					table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
				end				
			end
			args[k] = v;
		elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
			args[k] = v;
		end		
	end	
	
	return citation0( config, args)
end

return z
Retrieved from "https://backpage.putmeoutofmymisery.com/wiki/index.php?title=Module:Citation/CS1&oldid=719"